Back to GetFilings.com



Table of Contents



UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, DC 20549

FORM 10-K

(Mark One)
þ ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE

 SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 19341933

For the fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2004

or

o TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE

 SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 19341934
For the transition period from                          to                          .

Commission file number 0-6835

IRWIN FINANCIAL CORPORATION
(Exact name of Corporation as Specified in its Charter)
     
Indiana   35-1286807
(State or Other Jurisdiction of
Incorporation or Organization)
  (I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)
 
500 Washington Street Columbus, Indiana   47201
(Address of Principal Executive Offices)   (Zip Code)
 
(812) 376-1909   www.irwinfinancial.com
(Corporation’s Telephone Number, Including Area Code)   (Web Site)

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act: None

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:

     
Title of Class:
  Common Stock*
Title of Class:
  10.50% Cumulative Trust Preferred Securities issued by IFC Capital Trust II and the guarantee with respect thereto.
Title of Class:
  8.75% Cumulative Convertible Trust Preferred Securities issued by IFC Capital Trust III and the guarantee with respect thereto.
Title of Class
  8.70% Cumulative Trust Preferred Securities issued by IFC Capital Trust VI and the guarantee with respect thereto.

              Indicate by check mark whether the Corporation: (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the Corporation was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.    Yes þ         No o

         Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of Corporation’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.    þ

         Indicate by check mark whether the Corporation is an accelerated filer (as defined in Exchange Act Rule 12b-2).    Yes þ         No o

         The aggregate market value of the voting and non-voting common equity held by non-affiliates of the registrant, based on the closing price for the registrant’s common stock on the New York Stock Exchange on June 30, 2004, was approximately $460,798,377.

         The aggregate market value of the voting stock held by non-affiliates of the Corporation was $425,686,165 as of February 18, 2005. As of February 18, 2005, there were outstanding 28,506,964 common shares of the Corporation.

         *  Includes associated rights.

Documents Incorporated by Reference

     
Selected Portions of the Following Documents Part of Form 10-K Into Which Incorporated


Definitive Proxy Statement for Annual Meeting
Shareholders to be held April 7, 2005
  Part III
Exhibit Index on Pages 121 through 123    




FORM 10-K

TABLE OF CONTENTS
               
 Part I
           
 
 Item 1
     Business   2
 
 Item 2
     Properties   15
       Legal Proceedings   15
       Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders   21
           
       Market for Corporation’s Common Equity and Related Stockholder Matters   22
       Selected Financial Data   23
       Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations   25
       Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk   77
       Financial Statements and Supplementary Data   78
       Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure   119
       Controls and Procedures   119
       Other Information   119
           
       Directors and Executive Officers of the Corporation   120
       Executive Compensation   120
       Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters   120
       Certain Relationships and Related Transactions   120
       Principal Accountant Fees and Services   120
           
       Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules   121
 SIGNATURES   124
 Redemption and Loan Repayment Agreement
 Amendment and Restatement of Shareholder Agreement
 Deferred Compensation Agreement
 Tax Gross-Up Agreement
 Computation of Earnings Per Share
 Computation of Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges
 Code of Conduct
 Subsidiaries
 Consent of Registered Public Accounting Firm
 Certification by the CEO
 Certification by the CFO
 Certification of the CEO
 Certification of the CFO

1


Table of Contents

PART I

 
Item 1. Business

General

      We are a diversified financial services company headquartered in Columbus, Indiana with $524.9 million of net revenues in 2004 and $5.2 billion in assets at December 31, 2004. We focus primarily on the extension of credit to consumers and small businesses as well as providing the ongoing servicing of those customer accounts. Through our direct and indirect subsidiaries, we currently operate five major lines of business: mortgage banking, commercial banking, home equity lending, commercial finance and venture capital. More recently, our venture capital business has assumed a lesser role in our consolidated results.

      We are a regulated bank holding company and we conduct our consumer and commercial lending businesses through various operating subsidiaries. Our banking subsidiary, Irwin Union Bank and Trust Company, was organized in 1871. We formed the holding company in 1972. Our direct and indirect major subsidiaries include Irwin Union Bank and Trust Company, a commercial bank, which together with Irwin Union Bank, F.S.B., a federal savings bank, conduct our commercial banking activities; Irwin Mortgage Corporation, a mortgage banking company; Irwin Home Equity Corporation, a consumer home equity lending company; Irwin Commercial Finance Corporation, a commercial finance subsidiary; and Irwin Ventures LLC, a venture capital company.

      At the parent level, we work actively to add value to our lines of business by interacting with the management teams, capitalizing on interrelationships, providing centralized services and coordinating overall organizational decisions. Additionally, as discussed in more detail later in this report on “Risk Management” the parent company also provides risk management oversight and controls for our subsidiaries. Under this organizational structure, the majority of our mortgage banking, home equity lending and commercial finance lines of business operate as direct and indirect subsidiaries of Irwin Union Bank and Trust. This structure provides additional liquidity and results in regulatory oversight of our business.

      Our Internet address is http://www.irwinfinancial.com.

      We make available free of charge through our Internet website our annual report on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form  8-K, and amendments to those reports as soon as reasonably practicable after we electronically file the material with the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC). Our Internet website and the information contained or incorporated in it are not intended to be incorporated into this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Major Lines of Business

Mortgage Banking

      We established our mortgage banking line of business when we acquired our subsidiary, Irwin Mortgage Corporation, formerly Inland Mortgage Corporation, in 1981. Irwin Mortgage became a subsidiary of Irwin Union Bank and Trust in October, 2002. In this line of business, Irwin Mortgage originates, purchases, sells, and services primarily conventional and government agency-backed residential mortgage loans throughout the United States. Most of our first mortgage originations either are insured or guaranteed by an agency of the federal government, such as the Federal Housing Authority (FHA) or the Veterans Administration (VA) or, in the case of conventional mortgages, meet requirements for resale to the Federal National Mortgage Association (FNMA), the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (FHLMC) or the Federal Home Loan Bank (FHLB). We originate mortgage loans through retail offices and through direct marketing. We also purchase mortgage loans through mortgage brokers and loan correspondents. Our relationships with realtors, homebuilders, brokers and correspondents help us identify potential borrowers. Irwin Mortgage also engages in the mortgage reinsurance business through its subsidiary, Irwin Reinsurance Corporation, a Vermont corporation. We sell mortgage loans to institutional and private investors but may retain servicing rights to the loans we originate or purchase. Irwin Mortgage collects and accounts for the monthly payments

2


Table of Contents

on each loan serviced and pays the real estate taxes and insurance necessary to protect the integrity of the mortgage lien, for which it receives a servicing fee.

      At January 31, 2005, Irwin Mortgage operated 169 production and satellite offices in 33 states. We discuss this line of business further in the “Mortgage Banking” section of Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (MD&A) of this report.

Commercial Banking

      Our commercial banking line of business provides credit, cash management and personal banking products primarily to small businesses and business owners. We offer commercial banking services through our banking subsidiaries, Irwin Union Bank and Trust Company, an Indiana state-chartered commercial bank, and Irwin Union Bank, F.S.B., a federal savings bank. The commercial banking line of business offers a full line of consumer, mortgage and commercial loans, as well as personal and commercial checking accounts, savings and time deposit accounts, personal and business loans, credit card services, money transfer services, financial counseling, property, casualty, life and health insurance agency services, trust services, securities brokerage and safe deposit facilities. This line of business operates through two charters:

  •  Irwin Union Bank and Trust Company — headquartered in Columbus, Indiana and organized in 1871, is a full service Indiana state-chartered commercial bank with offices currently located throughout nine counties in central and southern Indiana, as well as in Kalamazoo, Grandville (near Grand Rapids), Traverse City and Lansing, Michigan; Carson City and Las Vegas, Nevada; and Salt Lake City, Utah.
 
  •  Irwin Union Bank, F.S.B. — headquartered in Louisville, Kentucky, is a full-service federal savings bank that began operations in December 2000. Currently we have offices located in Clayton, Missouri (near St. Louis); Louisville, Kentucky; Milwaukee Wisconsin; Phoenix, Arizona; and, Sacramento, California.

      In 2004, our Las Vegas and Salt Lake City branches of Irwin Union Bank, F.S.B. were sold to Irwin Union Bank and Trust Company.

      We discuss this line of business further in the “Commercial Banking” section of the MD&A of this report.

Home Equity Lending

      We established this line of business when we formed Irwin Home Equity Corporation as our subsidiary in 1994. It is headquartered in San Ramon, California. Irwin Home Equity became a subsidiary of Irwin Union Bank and Trust in 2001. In conjunction with Irwin Union Bank and Trust, Irwin Home Equity originates, purchases, securitizes and services home equity loans and lines of credit and first mortgages nationwide. Our target customers are principally credit worthy, home owning consumers who are active, unsecured credit card debt users. We market our home equity products (with loan-to-value ratios up to 125%) and first mortgage refinance programs (with loan-to-value ratios up to 100%) through direct mail, the Internet, mortgage brokers and correspondent lenders nationwide. Irwin Home Equity’s core competencies are credit risk assessment and specialized home loan servicing.

      We established Irwin Residual Holdings Corporation and Irwin Residual Holdings Corporation II in 2001 to hold residual interests that Irwin Union Bank and Trust Company transferred to Irwin Financial Corporation. The residual interests were created as a result of securitizations in our home equity line of business.

      We discuss this line of business further in the “Home Equity Lending” section of the MD&A of this report.

Commercial Finance

      Established in 1999, our commercial finance line of business originates small-ticket equipment leases through an established North American network of vendors and third-party originators and provides financing

3


Table of Contents

for franchisees of qualified quick service and casual dining restaurant concepts in the United States. The majority of our leases are full payout (no residual), small-ticket assets secured by commercial equipment. We finance a variety of commercial and office equipment types and try to limit the industry and geographic concentrations in our lease and loan portfolios. Loans to franchisees may include the financing of real estate as well as equipment.

      In July 2000, the commercial finance line of business acquired an ownership of approximately 78% in Irwin Commercial Finance Canada Corporation (ICFCC), formerly Onset Capital Corporation, a Canadian small-ticket equipment leasing company headquartered in Vancouver, British Columbia. In December 2001, Onset Capital established Onset Alberta Ltd. as a subsidiary to facilitate its leasing business. In October 2001, we formed Irwin Franchise Capital Corporation to conduct our franchise lending business. We established Irwin Commercial Finance Corporation (formerly, Irwin Capital Holdings) in April 2001 as a subsidiary of Irwin Union Bank and Trust to serve as the parent company for both our United States and Canadian commercial finance companies.

      We discuss this line of business further in the “Commercial Finance” section of the MD&A of this report.

Venture Capital

      We re-entered the private equity business in late 1997 and established this line of business when we formed Irwin Ventures Incorporated in August 1999. Our objective is to make minority investments in early stage companies in the financial services industry and related fields that intend to use technology as a key component of their competitive strategies. We provide Irwin Ventures’ portfolio companies the benefit of our management experience in the financial services industry. In addition, we expect that contacts made through venture activities may benefit management of our other lines of business through the sharing of technologies and market opportunities.

      In April 2000, Irwin Ventures established a subsidiary, Irwin Ventures Incorporated-SBIC, which received a small business investment company license from the Small Business Administration. In December 2000, Irwin Ventures and Irwin Ventures-SBIC became Delaware limited liability companies. To date, the primary geographic focus of this line of business and each of our investments has been on the corridors of the east and west coasts between Washington, D.C. and Boston, and Palo Alto and Seattle.

      Since inception we have invested $14.7 million in eight portfolio companies. However, over the last two years we have found it more difficult to find new investments that meet our strategic objectives and have re-directed certain personnel formerly addressing this segment. In 2004 and 2003, only $0.1 million and $2.0 million, respectively were invested in portfolio companies. In addition, our growth has caused this activity to become less significant on a consolidated basis. When the company was formed, we expected to make approximately $4 million in annual investments. That was 2.5% of year-end 1999 common equity. We now expect that annual investments are unlikely to exceed $2 million which would be less than 0.4% of 2004 year-end common equity.

      Given the change in the materiality of this segment to consolidated results, we intend to discontinue segment reporting for private equity with this report. When appropriate due to materiality, we will report on financial results for private equity in the “Parent and Other segment.”

Customer Base

      No single part of our business is dependent upon a single customer or upon a very few customers and the loss of any one customer would not have a materially adverse effect upon our business.

Competition

      We compete nationally in the U.S. in each business, except for commercial banking where our market focus is in the Midwest and Rocky Mountain states, and for commercial leasing where products are offered in the U.S. and throughout Canada. In our mortgage banking business we compete for mortgage loans with

4


Table of Contents

mortgage banking companies, as well as commercial banks, savings banks, credit unions and savings and loan associations, and with a number of nonbank companies.

      In our home equity lending business, our primary competitors for our home equity loans and lines of credit are similar to those in our mortgage banking business with the addition of large securities firms, credit card issuers and finance companies. Competitors in our commercial banking business include all of the above institutions.

      In our venture capital line of business, we compete primarily with other venture capital firms that invest in start-up companies.

      Some of our competitors are not subject to the same degree of regulation as that imposed on bank holding companies, state banking organizations and federal saving banks. In addition, many larger banking organizations, mortgage companies, mortgage banks, insurance companies and securities firms have significantly greater resources than we do. As a result, some of our competitors have advantages over us in name recognition and market penetration.

Financial Information About Geographic Areas

      We conduct part of our commercial finance line of business in Canadian markets. Net revenues for the last three years in this line of business attributable to Canadian customers were $11.5 million, $7.9 million and $5.2 million in 2004, 2003 and 2002, respectively.

Supervision and Regulation

General

      The financial services business is highly regulated, primarily for the protection of depositors and other customers. The following is a summary of several applicable statutes and regulations that apply to us and to our subsidiaries. These summaries are not complete, and you should refer to the statutes and regulations for more information. Also, these statutes and regulations may change in the future, and we cannot predict what effect these changes, if made, will have on our operations.

      We are regulated at both the holding company and subsidiary level and subject to both state and federal regulation and examinations relating to “safety and soundness,” including risk management, asset quality and capital adequacy, as well as a broad range of other regulatory concerns including: insider transactions, the adequacy of the reserve for loan losses, intercompany transactions, regulatory reporting, adequacy of systems of internal controls and limitations on permissible activities.

      Our product and service offerings are subject to a number of consumer protection laws and regulations. In many instances these rules contain specific requirements regarding the content and timing of disclosures and the manner in which we must process and execute transactions. Some of these rules provide consumers with rights and remedies, including the right to initiate private litigation.

      In addition, financial services providers are required to establish and administer a variety of processes and programs to address other regulatory requirements, including: community reinvestment provisions; protection of customer information; identification of suspicious activities, including possible money laundering; proper identification of customers when performing transactions; maintenance of information and site security; and other bank compliance provisions. In a number of instances board and/or management oversight is required as well as employee training on specific regulations.

      Regulatory agencies have a broad range of sanctions and enforcement powers, including civil money penalties, formal agreements, and cease and desist orders.

Bank Holding Company Regulation

      We are registered as a bank holding company with the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended and the related regulations, referred to as the

5


Table of Contents

BHC Act. We are subject to regulation, supervision and examination by the Federal Reserve, and as part of this process, we must file reports and additional information with the Federal Reserve.

Minimum Capital Requirements

      The Federal Reserve has adopted risk-based capital guidelines for assessing bank holding company capital adequacy. These standards define capital and establish minimum capital ratios in relation to assets, both on an aggregate basis and as adjusted for credit risks and off-balance sheet exposures. Under the Federal Reserve’s risk-based guidelines applicable to us, capital is classified into two categories for bank holding companies:

      Tier 1 capital, or core capital, consists of:

  •  common stockholder’s equity;
 
  •  qualifying noncumulative perpetual preferred stock;
 
  •  qualifying cumulative perpetual preferred stock (subject to some limitations, and including our Trust Preferred securities, of which $165 million qualified as Tier 1 capital as of December 31, 2004); and
 
  •  minority interests in the common equity accounts of consolidated subsidiaries;

      less

  •  goodwill;
 
  •  credit-enhancing interest-only strips (certain amounts only); and
 
  •  specified intangible assets (including $19 million of disqualified Mortgage Servicing Assets (MSRs) as of December 31, 2004).

      Tier 2 capital, or supplementary capital, consists of:

  •  allowance for loan and lease losses;
 
  •  perpetual preferred stock and related surplus;
 
  •  hybrid capital instruments (including Trust Preferred securities, of which $67 million qualified as Tier 2 capital as of December 31, 2004);
 
  •  unrealized holding gains on equity securities;
 
  •  perpetual debt and mandatory convertible debt securities;
 
  •  term subordinated debt, including related surplus; and
 
  •  intermediate-term preferred stock, including related securities.

      The Federal Reserve’s capital adequacy guidelines require bank holding companies to maintain a minimum ratio of qualifying total capital to risk-weighted assets of 8 percent, at least 4 percent of which must be in the form of Tier 1 capital. Risk-weighted assets include assets and credit equivalent amounts of off-balance sheet items of bank holding companies that are assigned to one of several risk categories, based on the obligor or the nature of the collateral. The Federal Reserve has established a minimum ratio of Tier 1 capital (less any intangible capital items) to total assets (less any intangible assets), or leverage ratio, of 3 percent for strong bank holding companies (those rated a composite “1” under the Federal Reserve’s rating system). For all other bank holding companies, the minimum ratio of Tier 1 capital to total assets is 4 percent. Also, the Federal Reserve continues to consider the Tier 1 leverage ratio in evaluating proposals for expansion or new activities.

      In its capital adequacy guidelines, the Federal Reserve emphasizes that the standards discussed above are minimums and that banking organizations generally are expected to operate well above these minimum levels. These guidelines also state that banking organizations experiencing growth, whether internally or through

6


Table of Contents

acquisitions or other expansionary initiatives, are expected to maintain strong capital positions substantially above the minimum levels.

      As of December 31, 2004, we had regulatory capital in excess of all the Federal Reserve’s minimum levels and our internal minimum target of 11% for risk-adjusted capital. Our ratio of total capital to risk weighted assets at December 31, 2004 was 15.9% and our Tier 1 leverage ratio was 11.6%.

Expansion

      The BHC Act requires prior Federal Reserve approval for certain activities, such as the acquisition by a bank holding company of more than 5% of the voting shares of any company, including a bank or bank holding company. Under the BHC Act, a bank holding company may engage in activities that the Federal Reserve has determined to be so closely related to banking or managing or controlling banks as to be a proper incident to those banking activities, such as operating a mortgage bank or a savings association, conducting leasing and venture capital investment activities, performing trust company functions, or acting as an investment or financial advisor. See the section on “Interstate Banking and Branching” below.

Dividends

      The Federal Reserve has policies on the payment of cash dividends by bank holding companies. The Federal Reserve believes that a bank holding company experiencing earnings weaknesses should not pay cash dividends (1) exceeding its net income or (2) which only could be funded in ways that would weaken a bank holding company’s financial health, such as by borrowing. Also, the Federal Reserve possesses enforcement powers over bank holding companies and their non-bank subsidiaries to prevent or remedy unsafe or unsound practices or violations of applicable statutes and regulations. Among these powers is the ability to prohibit or limit the payment of dividends by banks (including dividends to bank holding companies) and bank holding companies. See “Dividend Limitations” below.

      The Federal Reserve expects us to act as a source of financial strength to our banking subsidiaries and to commit resources to support them. In implementing this policy, the Federal Reserve could require us to provide financial support when we otherwise would not consider ourselves able to do so.

      In addition to the restrictions on fundamental corporate actions such as acquisitions and dividends imposed by the Federal Reserve, Indiana law also places limitations on our authority with respect to such activities.

Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

      The Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 comprehensively revised the laws affecting corporate governance, accounting obligations and corporate reporting for companies, including us, that have equity or debt securities registered under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. In particular, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act established: (i) new requirements for audit committees, including independence, expertise, and responsibilities; (ii) additional responsibilities regarding financial statements for the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer of the reporting company; (iii) new standards for auditors and regulation of audits; (iv) increased disclosure and reporting obligations for the reporting company and its directors and executive officers; and (v) new and increased civil and criminal penalties for violation of the securities laws.

Bank and Thrift Regulation

      Indiana law subjects Irwin Union Bank and Trust and its subsidiaries to supervision and examination by the Indiana Department of Financial Institutions. Irwin Union Bank and Trust is a member of the Federal Reserve System and, along with its subsidiaries, is also subject to regulation, examination and supervision by the Federal Reserve. Subsidiaries routinely subject to examination include Irwin Mortgage, Irwin Home Equity and Irwin Commercial Finance.

7


Table of Contents

      Irwin Union Bank, F.S.B., a direct subsidiary of the bank holding company, is a federally chartered savings bank. Accordingly, it is governed by and subject to regulation, examination and supervision by the Office of Thrift Supervision (OTS).

      The Federal Reserve also supervises Irwin Union Bank and Trust’s compliance with federal law and regulations that restrict loans by member banks to their directors, executive officers, and other controlling persons, as well as transactions with affiliated entities. The OTS supervises Irwin Union Bank, F.S.B,’s compliance with these laws and regulations.

      The deposits of Irwin Union Bank and Trust are insured by the Bank Insurance Fund and the deposits of Irwin Union Bank, F.S.B. are insured by the Savings Association Insurance Fund under the provisions of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (FDIA). As a result, Irwin Union Bank and Trust and Irwin Union Bank, F.S.B. are subject to supervision and examination by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC).

      Irwin Union Bank and Trust and Irwin Union Bank, F.S.B. must file reports with the Federal Reserve and the OTS, respectively, and with the FDIC concerning its activities and financial condition in addition to obtaining regulatory approvals before establishing branches or entering into certain transactions such as mergers with, or acquisitions of, other financial institutions.

Mortgage Banking and Residential Lending Regulation

      The residential lending activities of Irwin Union Bank and Trust, the mortgage banking activities of its subsidiary, Irwin Mortgage, and the home equity lending business of Irwin Union Bank and Trust’s subsidiary Irwin Home Equity, are regulated by the Federal Reserve. The Federal Reserve has broad authority to oversee the banking activities of Irwin Union Bank and Trust and its subsidiaries as the primary federal regulator of the bank, pursuant to the Federal Reserve Act, and the nonbanking subsidiaries of Irwin Financial Corporation, pursuant to the BHC Act. Federal Reserve regulations and policies, such as restrictions on affiliate transactions and real estate lending policies relating to asset quality and prudent underwriting of loans, apply to our residential lending activities. The Indiana Department of Financial Institutions has comparable supervisory and examination authority over Irwin Mortgage, Irwin Home Equity and Irwin Commercial Finance due to their status as subsidiaries of Irwin Union Bank and Trust.

Capital Requirements

      The Federal Reserve has published regulations applicable to state member banks such as Irwin Union Bank and Trust regarding the maintenance of adequate capital substantially similar to the capital regulations applicable to bank holding companies described in the section on “Bank Holding Company Regulation — Minimum Capital Requirements.” While retaining the authority to set capital ratios for individual banks, these regulations prescribe minimum total risk-based capital, Tier 1 risk-based capital and leverage (Tier 1 capital divided by average total assets) ratios. The Federal Reserve requires banks to hold capital commensurate with the level and nature of all of the risks, including the volume and severity of problem loans, to which they are exposed.

      As with the regulations applicable to bank holding companies, the Federal Reserve requires all state member banks to meet a minimum ratio of qualifying total capital to weighted risk assets of 8 percent, of which at least 4 percent should be in the form of Tier 1 capital.

      The minimum ratio of Tier 1 capital to total assets, or the leverage ratio, for strong banking institutions (rated composite “1” under the uniform rating system of banks) is 3 percent. For all other institutions, the minimum ratio of Tier 1 capital to total assets is 4 percent. Banking institutions with supervisory, financial, operational, or managerial weaknesses are expected to maintain capital ratios well above the minimum levels, as are institutions with high or inordinate levels of risk. Banks experiencing or anticipating significant growth are also expected to maintain capital, including tangible capital positions, well above the minimum levels. A majority of such institutions generally have operated at capital levels ranging from 1 to 2 percent above the stated minimums. Higher capital ratios could be required if warranted by the particular circumstances to risk profiles of individual banks. The standards set forth above specify minimum supervisory ratios based primarily

8


Table of Contents

on broad credit risk considerations. The risk-based ratio does not take explicit account of the quality of individual asset portfolios or the range of other types of risks to which banks may be exposed, such as interest rate, liquidity, market or operational risks. For this reason, banks are generally expected to operate with capital positions above the minimum ratios.

      At December 31, 2004, Irwin Union Bank and Trust had a total risk-based capital ratio of 14.6%, a Tier 1 capital ratio of 13.0%, and a leverage ratio of 11.3%.

      The Federal Reserve, the OTS, the FDIC and other federal banking agencies also adopted a rule modifying the risk-based capital standards to provide for consideration of interest rate risk when assessing capital adequacy of a bank or savings association. Under this rule, the Federal Reserve, the OTS and the FDIC must explicitly include a bank or savings association’s exposure to declines in the economic value of their capital due to changes in interest rates as a factor in evaluating capital adequacy of a bank or savings association. This assessment of interest rate risk management made by the banks’ examiners is incorporated into the banks’ overall risk management rating and used to determine management’s effectiveness.

Insurance of Deposit Accounts

      As FDIC-insured institutions, Irwin Union Bank and Trust and Irwin Union Bank, F.S.B. are required to pay deposit insurance premiums based on the risk they pose to the Bank Insurance Fund (BIF) and the Savings Association Insurance Fund (SAIF), respectively. Currently, the amount of FDIC assessments paid by an insured depository institution ranges from zero to $0.27 per $100 of insured deposits, based on the institution’s relative risk to the deposit insurance funds, as measured by the institution’s regulatory capital position and other supervisory factors. The FDIC also has the authority to raise or lower assessment rates on insured deposits to achieve the statutorily required reserve ratios in insurance funds and to impose special additional assessments.

      In addition to deposit insurance fund assessments, the FDIC assesses both BIF and SAIF insured deposits a special assessment to fund the repayment of debt obligations of the Financing Corporation (FICO). FICO is a government-sponsored entity that was formed to borrow the money necessary to carry out the closing and ultimate disposition of failed thrift institutions by the Resolution Trust Corporation. At December 31, 2004, the annualized rate established by the FDIC for the FICO assessment on both BIF and SAIF deposits was 1.46 basis points per $100 of insured deposits.

Dividend Limitations

      As a state member bank, Irwin Union Bank and Trust may not, without the approval of the Federal Reserve, declare a dividend if the total of all dividends declared in a calendar year, including the proposed dividend, exceeds the total of its net income for that year, combined with its retained net income of the preceding two years, less any required transfers to the surplus account. Under Indiana law, certain dividends require notice to, or approval by, the Indiana Department of Financial Institutions, and Irwin Union Bank and Trust may not pay dividends in an amount greater than its net profits then available, after deducting losses and bad debts.

      In most cases, savings and loan associations, such as Irwin Union Bank, F.S.B., are required either to apply to or to provide notice to the OTS regarding the payment of dividends. The savings association must seek approval if it does not qualify for expedited treatment under OTS regulations, or if the total amount of all capital distributions for the applicable calendar year exceeds net income for that year to date plus retained net income for the preceding two years, or the savings association would not be adequately capitalized following the dividend, or the proposed dividend would violate a prohibition in any statute, regulation or agreement with the OTS. In other circumstances, a simple notice is sufficient.

      Our ability and the ability of Irwin Union Bank and Trust and Irwin Union Bank, F.S.B. to pay dividends also may be affected by the various capital requirements and the capital and noncapital standards established under the FDICIA, as described above. Our rights and the rights of our shareholders and our creditors to

9


Table of Contents

participate in any distribution of the assets or earnings of our subsidiaries also is subject to the prior claims of creditors of our subsidiaries including the depositors of a bank subsidiary.

Interstate Banking and Branching

      Under the Riegle-Neal Interstate Banking and Branching Efficiency Act of 1994 (the Interstate Banking Act), banks are permitted, subject to being adequately or better capitalized, in compliance with Community Reinvestment Act requirements and in compliance with state law requirements (such as age-of-bank limits and deposit caps), to merge with one another across state lines and to create a main bank with branches in separate states. After establishing branches in a state through an interstate merger transaction, a bank may establish and acquire additional branches at any location in the state where any bank involved in the interstate merger could have established or acquired branches under applicable federal and state law.

      As a federally chartered savings bank, Irwin Union Bank, F.S.B. has greater flexibility in pursuing interstate branching than an Indiana state bank. Subject to certain exceptions, a federal savings association generally may establish or operate a branch in any state outside the state of its home office if the association meets applicable statutory requirements.

Community Reinvestment

      Under the Community Reinvestment Act (CRA), banking and thrift institutions have a continuing and affirmative obligation, consistent with their safe and sound operation, to help meet the credit needs of their entire communities, including low- and moderate-income neighborhoods. The CRA does not establish specific lending requirements or programs for financial institutions, or limit an institution’s discretion to develop the types of products and services it believes are best suited to its particular community that are consistent with the CRA. Institutions are rated on their performance in meeting the needs of their communities. Performance is tested in three areas: (a) lending, which evaluates the institution’s record of making loans in its assessment areas; (b) investment, which evaluates the institution’s record of investing in community development projects, affordable housing and programs benefiting low or moderate income individuals and business; and (c) service, which evaluates the institution’s delivery of services through its branches, ATMs and other activities. The CRA requires each federal banking agency, in connection with its examination of a financial institution, to assess and assign one of four ratings to the institution’s record of meeting the credit needs of its community and to take this record into account in evaluating certain applications by the institution, including applications for charters, branches and other deposit facilities, relocations, mergers, consolidations, acquisitions of assets or assumptions of liabilities, and savings and loan holding company acquisitions. The CRA also requires that all institutions publicly disclose their CRA ratings. Both Irwin Union Bank and Trust and Irwin Union Bank, F.S.B. received a “satisfactory” rating on their most recent CRA performance evaluations.

Other Safety and Soundness Regulations

      Under current law, the federal banking agencies possess broad powers to take “prompt corrective action” in connection with depository institutions and their bank holding companies that do not meet minimum capital requirements. The law establishes five capital categories for insured depository institutions for this purpose: “well-capitalized,” “adequately capitalized,” “undercapitalized,” “significantly undercapitalized” and “critically undercapitalized.” To be considered “well-capitalized” under these standards, an institution must maintain a total risk-based capital ratio of 10% or greater; a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 6% or greater; a leverage capital ratio of 5% or greater; and not be subject to any order or written directive to meet and maintain a specific capital level for any capital measure. An “adequately capitalized” institution must have a Tier 1 capital ratio of at least 4%, a total capital ratio of at least 8% and a leverage ratio of at least 4%. Federal law also requires the bank regulatory agencies to implement systems for “prompt corrective action” for institutions that fail to meet minimum capital requirements within the five capital categories, with progressively more severe restrictions on operations, management and capital distributions according to the category in which an institution is placed. Failure to meet capital requirements can also cause an institution to be directed to raise additional capital. Federal law also mandates that the agencies adopt safety and soundness standards relating

10


Table of Contents

generally to operations and management, asset quality and executive compensation, and authorizes administrative action against an institution that fails to meet such standards.

Brokered Deposits

      Brokered deposits include funds obtained, directly or indirectly, by or through a deposit broker for deposit into one or more deposit accounts. Well-capitalized institutions are not subject to limitations on brokered deposits, while an adequately capitalized institution is able to accept, renew or rollover brokered deposits only with a waiver from the FDIC and subject to certain restrictions on the yield paid on such deposits. Undercapitalized institutions are not permitted to accept brokered deposits. Irwin Union Bank and Trust and Irwin Union Bank, F.S.B. are permitted to accept brokered deposits.

Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act

      In 1999, the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act (the GLB Act) amended or repealed certain provisions of the Glass-Steagall Act and other legislation that restricted the ability of bank holding companies, securities firms and insurance companies to affiliate with one another. The GLB Act established a comprehensive framework to permit affiliations among commercial banks, insurance companies and securities firms. The GLB Act also contains provisions intended to safeguard consumer financial information in the hands of financial service providers by, among other things, requiring these entities to share their privacy policies with their customers and allowing customers to “opt out” of having their financial service providers disclose their confidential financial information with non-affiliated third parties, subject to certain exceptions. Financial privacy regulations implementing the GLB provisions contain specific provisions on the treatment and safeguarding of confidential financial information. To the extent the GLB Act permits banks, securities firms and insurance companies to affiliate, the financial services industry may experience further consolidation. This consolidation could result in a growing number of larger financial institutions that offer a wider variety of financial services than we currently offer and that can aggressively compete in the markets we currently serve.

Anti-Money Laundering Laws

      Irwin Union Bank and Trust and Irwin Union Bank, F.S.B. are subject to the Bank Secrecy Act and its implementing regulations and other anti-money laundering laws and regulations, including the USA PATRIOT Act of 2001. Among other things, these laws and regulations require Irwin Union Bank and Trust and Irwin Union Bank F.S.B to take steps to prevent the use of each institution for facilitating the flow of illegal or illicit money, to report large currency transactions and to file suspicious activity reports. Each bank also is required to develop and implement a comprehensive anti-money laundering compliance program. Banks also must have in place appropriate “know your customer” policies and procedures. Violations of these requirements can result in substantial civil and criminal sanctions. In addition, provisions of the USA PATRIOT Act require the federal financial institution regulatory agencies to consider the effectiveness of a financial institution’s anti-money laundering activities when reviewing bank mergers and bank holding company acquisitions.

Compliance with Consumer Protection Laws

      Our subsidiaries also are subject to many federal and state consumer protection statutes and regulations including the Equal Credit Opportunity Act, the Fair Housing Act, the Truth in Lending Act, the Truth in Savings Act, the Real Estate Settlement Procedures Act and the Home Mortgage Disclosure Act. Among other things, these acts:

  •  require lenders to disclose credit terms in meaningful and consistent ways;
 
  •  prohibit discrimination against an applicant in any consumer or business credit transaction;
 
  •  prohibit discrimination in housing-related lending activities;
 
  •  require certain lenders to collect and report applicant and borrower data regarding loans for home purchases or improvement projects;

11


Table of Contents

  •  require lenders to provide borrowers with information regarding the nature and cost of real estate settlements;
 
  •  prohibit certain lending practices and limit escrow account amounts with respect to real estate transactions; and
 
  •  prescribe possible penalties for violations of the requirements of consumer protection statutes and regulations.

      In addition, banking subsidiaries are subject to a number of regulations that offer consumer protections to depositors, including account terms and disclosures, funds availability and electronic funds transfers.

Equal Credit Opportunity Act

      The federal Equal Credit Opportunity Act prohibits discrimination against an applicant in any credit transaction, whether for consumer or business purposes, on the basis of race, color, religion, national origin, sex, marital status, age (except in limited circumstances), receipt of income from public assistance programs or good faith exercise of any rights under the Consumer Credit Protection Act. In addition to prohibiting outright discrimination on any of the impermissible bases listed above, an “effects test” has been applied to determine whether a violation of the act has occurred. This means that if a creditor’s actions have had the effect of discriminating, the creditor may be held liable, even when there is no intent to discriminate. In addition to actual damages, the Equal Credit Opportunity Act permits regulatory agencies to take enforcement action and provides for punitive damages. Successful complainants also may be entitled to an award of court costs and attorneys’ fees.

Fair Housing Act

      The federal Fair Housing Act regulates many lending practices, including prohibiting discrimination in a lender’s housing-related lending activities against any person because of race, color, religion, national origin, sex, handicap or familial status. The Fair Housing Act is broadly written and has been broadly interpreted by the courts. A number of lending practices have been found to be, or may be considered, illegal under the Fair Housing Act, including some that are not specifically mentioned in the act itself. Among those practices that have been found to be, or may be considered, illegal under the Fair Housing Act are declining a loan for the purposes of racial discrimination, making excessively low appraisals of property based on racial considerations and pressuring, discouraging, or denying applications for credit on a prohibited basis.

      The Fair Housing Act allows a person who believes he or she has been discriminated against to file a complaint with the Department of Housing and Urban Development (HUD). Aggrieved persons also may initiate a civil action. The Fair Housing Act also permits the Attorney General of the United States to commence a civil action if there is reasonable cause to believe that a person has been discriminated against in violation of the Fair Housing Act. Penalties for violation of the Fair Housing Act include actual damages suffered by the aggrieved person and injunctive or other equitable relief. The courts also may assess civil penalties.

Home Mortgage Disclosure Act

      The federal Home Mortgage Disclosure Act grew out of public concern over the availability of credit in certain urban neighborhoods. One purpose of the Home Mortgage Disclosure Act is to provide public information that will help show whether financial institutions are serving the housing credit needs of the neighborhoods and communities in which they are located. The Home Mortgage Disclosure Act also includes a “fair lending” aspect that requires the collection and disclosure of data about applicant and borrower characteristics as a way of identifying possible discriminatory lending patterns and enforcing anti-discrimination statutes. The Home Mortgage Disclosure Act requires institutions to report data regarding applications for loans for the purchase or improvement of one-to-four family and multifamily dwellings, as well as information concerning originations and purchases of such loans. Federal bank regulators rely, in part, upon

12


Table of Contents

data provided under the Home Mortgage Disclosure Act to determine whether depository institutions engage in discriminatory lending practices.

      The appropriate federal banking agency (that is, the Federal Reserve for Irwin Union Bank and Trust and the OTS for Irwin Union Bank, F.S.B.), or in some cases, HUD, enforces compliance with the Home Mortgage Disclosure Act and implements its regulations. Administrative sanctions, including civil money penalties, may be imposed by supervisory agencies for violations of this act.

Real Estate Settlement Procedures Act

      The federal Real Estate Settlement Procedures Act (RESPA), requires lenders to provide borrowers with disclosures regarding the nature and cost of real estate settlements. RESPA also prohibits certain abusive practices, such as kickbacks, and places limitations on the amount of escrow accounts. Violations of RESPA may result in imposition of penalties, including: (1) civil liability equal to three times the amount of any charge paid for the settlement services or civil liability of up to $1,000 per claimant, depending on the violation; (2) awards of court costs and attorneys’ fees; and (3) fines of not more than $10,000 or imprisonment for not more than one year, or both. A significant number of individual claims and purported consumer class action claims have been commenced against financial institutions and other mortgage lending companies, including Irwin Mortgage, alleging violations of the prohibition against kickbacks and seeking civil damages, court costs and attorneys’ fees. See the “Legal Proceedings” section of this report.

Truth in Lending Act

      The federal Truth in Lending Act is designed to ensure that credit terms are disclosed in a meaningful way so that consumers may compare credit terms more readily and knowledgeably. As a result of the act, all creditors must use the same credit terminology and expressions of rates, the annual percentage rate, the finance charge, the amount financed, the total of payments and the payment schedule.

      Violations of the Truth in Lending Act may result in regulatory sanctions and in the imposition of both civil and, in the case of willful violations, criminal penalties. Under certain circumstances, the Truth in Lending Act and Federal Reserve Regulation Z also provide a consumer with a right of rescission, which relieves the consumer of the obligation to pay amounts to the creditor or to a third party in connection with the offending transaction, including finance charges, application fee, commitment fees, title search fees and appraisal fees. Consumers may also seek actual and punitive damages for violations in the Truth in Lending Act. See the “Legal Proceedings” section of this report.

State Consumer Protection Laws

      In addition to the federal consumer protection laws discussed above, our subsidiaries are also subject to state consumer protection laws that regulate the mortgage origination and lending businesses of these subsidiaries. As part of the home equity line of business in conjunction with its subsidiary, Irwin Home Equity, Irwin Union Bank and Trust originates home equity loans through its branch in Carson City, Nevada. Irwin Union Bank and Trust uses interest rates and loan terms in its home equity loans and lines of credit that are authorized by Nevada law, but might not be authorized by the laws of the states in which the borrowers are located. As a FDIC-insured, state member bank, Irwin Union Bank and Trust is authorized by Section 27 of the FDIA to charge interest at rates allowed by the laws of the state where the bank is located regardless of any inconsistent state law, and to apply these rates to loans to borrowers in other states. The FDIC has opined that a state bank with branches outside of the state in which it is chartered may also be located in a state in which it maintains an interstate branch. Irwin Union Bank and Trust relies on Section 27 of the FDIA and the FDIC opinion in conducting its home equity lending business described above. From time to time, state regulators have questioned the application of Section 27 of the FDIA to credit practices affecting citizens of their states. Any change in Section 27 of the FDIA or in the FDIC’s interpretation of this provision, or any successful challenge as to the permissibility of these activities, could require that we change the terms of some of our loans or the manner in which we conduct our home equity line of business.

13


Table of Contents

Employees and Labor Relations

      At January 31, 2005, we and our subsidiaries had a total of 3,145 employees, including full-time and part-time employees. We continue a commitment of equal employment opportunity for all job applicants and staff members, and management regards its relations with its employees as satisfactory.

Executive Officers

      Our executive officers are elected annually by the Board of Directors and serve for a term of one year or until their successors are elected and qualified. In addition to our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, Mr. William I. Miller (48), who also serves as a director, our executive officers are listed below.

      Richard Barbercheck (46) has been Vice President-Corporate Credit Risk Evaluation Officer since October 2003. He was an officer of Irwin Union Bank and Trust since March 1998.

      Elena Delgado (49) has been President and Chief Executive Officer of Irwin Home Equity since September 1994.

      Gregory F. Ehlinger (42) has been our Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer since August of 1999. He has been one of our officers since August 1992.

      Paul D. Freudenthaler (40) has been our Vice President-Chief Risk Officer since December 2003. He was Vice President-Financial Risk Management from December 2001 to December 2003. From September 2000 through November 2001, he was Corporate Controller for America Online Latin America, an Internet service provider. From July 2000 to August 2000 he served as Senior Vice President-Treasurer of Telscape International, Inc., a development stage telecommunications company. Prior thereto, he held the position of Chief Accounting Officer of Telscape from July 1999 until June 2000. Subsequent to his departure from Telscape, Telscape filed a voluntary petition for relief under Chapter 11 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code on April 27, 2001. From February 1999 through June 1999, he was Director-International of Bank United, F.S.B. From January 1994 through January 1999, he was Director-International of Irwin Mortgage Corporation, our subsidiary.

      Jose M. Gonzalez (46) has been our Vice President-Director Internal Audit since October 1995.

      Robert H. Griffith (46) has been President and Chief Executive Officer of Irwin Mortgage since January 2001. He has been an officer of Irwin Mortgage since 1993.

      Bradley J. Kime (44) has been President of Irwin Union Bank’s commercial line of business since May 2003. He has been President of Irwin Union Bank F.S.B. since December 2000. He has been an officer of Irwin Union Bank and Trust since 1987 and one of our officers since 1986.

      Joseph R. LaLeggia (43) has been President of Irwin Commercial Finance Corporation since July of 2002. He has been the President and Chief Executive Officer of Irwin Commercial Finance Canada Corporation (formerly, Onset Capital Corporation) since April 1998. From January 1997 until April of 1998 he was President of AT&T Capital Canada Inc.

      Matthew F. Souza (48) has been our Senior Vice President-Ethics since August 1999 and our Secretary since 1986. He has been one of our officers since 1986.

      Thomas D. Washburn (58) has been our Executive Vice President since August 1999 and one of our officers since 1976. From 1981 to August 1999 he served as our Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer.

14


Table of Contents

 
Item 2. Properties

      Our main office and the main offices of Irwin Ventures LLC are located at 500 Washington Street, Columbus, Indiana, in space leased from Irwin Union Bank and Trust. The location and general character of our other materially important physical properties as of January 31, 2005 are as follows:

Irwin Mortgage

      The main office, where administrative and servicing activities are centered, is located at 10500 Kincaid Drive, Fishers, Indiana, and is leased. Loan production and satellite offices, which are leased, are operated from approximately 169 locations in 33 states.

Irwin Union Bank and Trust

      The main office is located in four buildings at 435, 500, 520 and 526 Washington Street, Columbus, Indiana. Irwin Union Realty Corporation, a wholly-owned subsidiary of Irwin Union Bank and Trust, owns these buildings in fee and leases them to Irwin Union Bank and Trust. One or the other of Irwin Union Bank and Trust or Irwin Union Realty owns the branch properties in fee at six locations in Columbus. These properties have no major encumbrances. Irwin Union Bank and Trust leases eleven other branch offices in Central and Southern Indiana, four offices in Michigan, two offices in Nevada, and one in Utah.

Irwin Union Bank, F.S.B.

      The main office is located at 140 Whittington Parkway, Suite 100, Louisville, Kentucky. Irwin Union Bank, F.S.B. has four branch offices located in Arizona, California, Missouri, and Wisconsin. All offices are leased.

Irwin Home Equity

      The main office is located at 12677 Alcosta Boulevard, Suite 500, San Ramon, California. Irwin Home Equity also occupies one other office at this location in San Ramon, California. Both offices are leased.

Irwin Commercial Finance Corporation

      The main office of Irwin Commercial Finance Corporation is located at 500 Washington Street, Columbus, Indiana. The office of our domestic commercial finance operation, Irwin Business Finance Corporation is located at 330 120th Avenue NE, Bellevue, Washington and is leased. Our Canadian commercial finance subsidiary, Irwin Commercial Finance Canada Corporation (formerly Onset Capital Corporation), leases its main office at Suite 300 Park Place, 666 Burrard Street, Vancouver, British Columbia, Canada, and leases its three processing centers in Calgary, Alberta; Toronto, Ontario; and Montreal, Quebec. The main offices of our franchise lending subsidiary, Irwin Franchise Capital Corporation, are located at 10 Paragon Drive, Montvale, New Jersey and 2700 Westchester Avenue, Purchase, New York and are both leased. In addition, Irwin Franchise Capital owns the building that houses its telesales center at 2715 13th Street, Columbus, Nebraska.

 
Item 3. Legal Proceedings
 
Culpepper v. Inland Mortgage Corporation

      Our indirect subsidiary, Irwin Mortgage Corporation (formerly Inland Mortgage Corporation), is a defendant in a class action lawsuit in the United States District Court for the Northern District of Alabama, filed in April 1996, alleging that Irwin Mortgage violated the federal Real Estate Settlement Procedures Act (RESPA) relating to Irwin Mortgage’s payment of broker fees to mortgage brokers. In June 2001, the Court of Appeals for the 11th Circuit upheld the district court’s certification of a plaintiff class and the case was remanded for further proceedings in the federal district court.

15


Table of Contents

      In November 2001, by order of the district court, the parties filed supplemental briefs analyzing the impact of an October 18, 2001 policy statement issued by the Department of Housing and Urban Development (HUD) that explicitly disagreed with the judicial interpretation of RESPA by the Court of Appeals for the 11th Circuit in its ruling upholding class certification in this case. In response to a motion from Irwin Mortgage, in March 2002, the district court granted Irwin Mortgage’s motion to stay proceedings in this case until the 11th Circuit decided the three other RESPA cases originally argued before it with this case.

      The 11th Circuit subsequently decided all of the RESPA cases pending in that court. In one of those cases, the 11th Circuit concluded that the trial court had abused its discretion in certifying a class action under RESPA. Further, in that decision, the 11th Circuit expressly recognized it was, in effect, overruling its previous decision upholding class certification in our case. In March 2003, Irwin Mortgage filed a motion to decertify the class and the plaintiffs filed a renewed motion for summary judgment. On October 2, 2003 the case was reassigned to another U.S. district court judge. In response to an order from the court, the parties met and submitted a joint status report at the end of October 2003. On June 14, 2004, at the court’s request, the parties engaged in mediation, which was unsuccessful. The court then reassigned this case to a new judge.

      If the class is not decertified and the district court finds that Irwin Mortgage violated RESPA, Irwin Mortgage could be liable for damages equal to three times the amount of that portion of payments made to the mortgage brokers that is ruled unlawful. Based on notices sent by the plaintiffs to date to potential class members and additional notices that might be sent in this case, we believe the class is not likely to exceed 32,000 borrowers who meet the class specifications.

      Irwin Mortgage intends to defend this lawsuit vigorously and believes it has numerous defenses to the alleged violations. Irwin Mortgage further believes that the 11th Circuit’s RESPA rulings in the cases argued before it with this one provide grounds for reversal of the class certification in this case. We have no assurance, however, that Irwin Mortgage will be successful in defeating class certification or will ultimately prevail on the merits. However, we expect that an adverse outcome in this case could result in substantial monetary damages that could be material to our financial position. We have not established any reserves for this case and are unable at this stage of the litigation to form a reasonable estimate of potential loss that we could suffer.

 
United States ex rel. Paranich v. Sorgnard et al.

      In January 2001, we and Irwin Leasing Corporation (formerly Affiliated Capital Corp.), our indirect subsidiary, and Irwin Equipment Finance Corporation, our direct subsidiary (together, the Irwin companies), were served as defendants in an action filed in the United States District Court for the Middle District of Pennsylvania. The suit alleges that a manufacturer/importer of certain medical devices made misrepresentations to health care professionals and to government officials to improperly obtain Medicare reimbursement for treatments using the devices, and that the Irwin companies, through Affiliated Capital’s financing activities, aided in making the alleged misrepresentations. On August 10, 2001, the court dismissed Irwin Financial and Irwin Equipment Finance as defendants in the suit. The Irwin companies prevailed on a motion for summary judgment in the district court on October 8, 2003, and the plaintiff appealed. The Court of Appeals for the Third Circuit heard oral argument on plaintiff’s appeal on September 27, 2004. On January 28, 2005, the court of appeals affirmed the district court’s dismissal of plaintiff’s action. The period for which the plaintiff can petition the United States Supreme Court for a writ of certiorari expires on April 28, 2005.

 
McIntosh v. Irwin Home Equity Corporation

      Our subsidiary, Irwin Union Bank and Trust Company, was a defendant in a class action lawsuit filed in the United States District Court in Massachusetts in July 2001. The case involved loans purchased by Irwin Union Bank and Trust Company from an unaffiliated third-party originator. The plaintiffs alleged a failure to comply with certain disclosure provisions of the Truth in Lending Act relating to high-rate loans in making second mortgage home equity loans to the plaintiff borrowers. The complaint sought rescission of the loans and other damages.

      A limited class was certified. As originally specified, the plaintiff class included those borrowers who obtained a mortgage loan originated by the third-party originator with prepayment penalty provisions during

16


Table of Contents

the three-year period prior to the filing of the suit. Subsequently, the court further restricted the class to those borrowers with high-rate loans subject to the Home Ownership and Equity Protection Act who refinanced their loans and paid a prepayment penalty. A preliminary analysis led us to conclude that fewer than 100 loans qualified for class membership.

      The parties settled this matter for a nonmaterial amount. The court dismissed the lawsuit with prejudice on December 16, 2004.

 
Stamper v. A Home of Your Own

      Our indirect subsidiary, Irwin Mortgage Corporation, is a defendant in a case filed in August 1998 in the Baltimore, Maryland, City Circuit Court. On January 25, 2002, a jury in this case awarded the plaintiffs damages of $1.434 million jointly and severally against defendants, including Irwin Mortgage. The nine plaintiff borrowers alleged that a home rehabilitation company defrauded the plaintiffs by selling them defective homes at inflated prices and that Irwin Mortgage, which provided the plaintiff borrowers mortgage loans on the home purchases, participated in the fraud. Irwin Mortgage filed an appeal with the Maryland Court of Special Appeals and oral argument was held on January 7, 2003. On February 27, 2004, the Court of Special Appeals ruled against Irwin Mortgage and remanded the case to the trial court for a partial retrial on whether the plaintiffs are entitled to punitive damages. Irwin Mortgage petitioned the Maryland Court of Appeals for a writ of certiorari on April 12, 2004. The Court of Appeals granted Irwin Mortgage’s petition and heard oral argument on November 4, 2004. On February 4, 2005, the Court of Appeals affirmed in part and reversed in part the judgment of the Court of Special Appeals, remanding the case as follows: to modify the judgment for all plaintiffs by striking the award of $145,000 for non-economic damages; for further proceedings concerning one plaintiff as to non-economic damages; and for a new trial as to punitive damages. We have reserved for this case based upon the advice of our legal counsel.

 
Silke v. Irwin Mortgage Corporation

      In April 2003, our indirect subsidiary, Irwin Mortgage Corporation, was named as a defendant in a class action lawsuit filed in the Marion County, Indiana, Superior Court. The complaint alleges that Irwin Mortgage charged a document preparation fee in violation of Indiana law for services performed by clerical personnel in completing legal documents related to mortgage loans. Irwin Mortgage filed an answer on June 11, 2003 and a motion for summary judgment on October 27, 2003. On June 18, 2004, the court certified a plaintiff class consisting of Indiana borrowers who were allegedly charged the fee by Irwin Mortgage any time after April 17, 1997. This date was later clarified by stipulation of the parties to be April 14, 1997. We are unable at this time to form a reasonable estimate of the amount of potential loss, if any, that Irwin Mortgage could suffer. We have not established any reserves for this case.

 
Gutierrez v. Irwin Mortgage Corporation

      In April 2003, our indirect subsidiary, Irwin Mortgage Corporation, was named as a defendant in an action filed in the District Court of Nueces County, Texas. The complaint alleged that Irwin Mortgage improperly charged borrowers fees for the services of third-party vendors in excess of Irwin Mortgage’s costs, and charged certain fees to which plaintiffs did not agree. The plaintiffs sought to certify a class consisting of similarly situated borrowers. In August 2004, the plaintiffs amended their complaint to remove the allegations that Irwin Mortgage charged excess fees. After a period of discovery, the parties settled this case for a nonmaterial amount.

 
Cohens v. Inland Mortgage Corporation

      In October 2003, our indirect subsidiary, Irwin Mortgage Corporation (formerly Inland Mortgage Corporation), was named as a defendant, along with others, in an action filed in the Supreme Court of New York, County of Kings. The plaintiffs, a mother and two children, allege they were injured from lead contamination while living in premises allegedly owned by the defendants. The suit seeks approximately $41 million in damages and alleges negligence, breach of implied warranty of habitability and fitness for

17


Table of Contents

intended use, loss of services and the cost of medical treatment. Because the case is in the early stages of litigation, we are unable at this time to form a reasonable estimate of the amount of potential loss, if any, that Irwin Mortgage could suffer. The parties agreed to delay the filing of an answer in this case until March 31, 2005. We are attempting to obtain a voluntary dismissal based on our belief that there is insufficient nexus between the cause of the alleged injuries and Irwin Mortgage. We have not established any reserves for this case.
 
Litigation in Connection with Loans Purchased from Community Bank of Northern Virginia

      Our subsidiary, Irwin Union Bank and Trust Company, is a defendant in several actions in connection with loans Irwin Union Bank purchased from Community Bank of Northern Virginia (Community).

      Hobson v. Irwin Union Bank and Trust Company was filed on July 30, 2004 in the United States District Court for the Northern District of Alabama. As amended on August 30, 2004, the Hobson complaint, seeks certification of both a plaintiffs’ and a defendants’ class, the plaintiffs’ class to consist of all persons who obtained loans from Community and whose loans were purchased by Irwin Union Bank. Hobson alleges that defendants violated the Truth-in-Lending Act (TILA), the Home Ownership and Equity Protection Act (HOEPA), the Real Estate Settlement Procedures Act (RESPA) and the Racketeer Influenced and Corrupt Organizations Act (RICO). On October 12, 2004, Irwin filed a motion to dismiss the Hobson claims as untimely filed and substantively defective.

      Kossler v. Community Bank of Northern Virginia was originally filed in July 2002 in the United States District Court for the Western District of Pennsylvania. Irwin Union Bank and Trust was added as a defendant in December 2004. The Kossler complaint seeks certification of a plaintiffs’ class and seeks to void the mortgage loans as illegal contracts. Plaintiffs also seek recovery against Irwin for alleged RESPA violations and for conversion.

      The plaintiffs in Hobson and Kossler claim that Community was allegedly engaged in a lending arrangement involving the use of its charter by certain third parties who charged high fees that were not representative of the services rendered and not properly disclosed as to the amount or recipient of the fees. The loans in question are allegedly high cost/high interest loans under Section 32 of HOEPA. Plaintiffs also allege illegal kickbacks and fee splitting. In Hobson, the plaintiffs allege that Irwin was aware of Community’s alleged arrangement when Irwin purchased the loans and that Irwin participated in a RICO enterprise and conspiracy related to the loans. Because Irwin bought the loans from Community, the Hobson plaintiffs are alleging that Irwin has assignee liability under HOEPA.

      If the Hobson and Kossler plaintiffs are successful in establishing a class and prevailing at trial, possible RESPA remedies could include treble damages for each service for which there was an unearned fee, kickback or overvalued service. Other possible damages in Hobson could include TILA remedies, such as rescission, actual damages, statutory damages not to exceed the lesser of $500,000 or 1% of the net worth of the creditor, and attorneys’ fees and costs; possible HOEPA remedies could include the refunding of all closing costs, finance charges and fees paid by the borrower; RICO remedies could include treble plaintiffs’ actually proved damages. In addition, the Hobson plaintiffs are seeking unspecified punitive damages. Under TILA, HOEPA, RESPA and RICO, statutory remedies include recovery of attorneys’ fees and costs. Other possible damages in Kossler could include the refunding of all origination fees paid by the plaintiffs.

      Irwin Union Bank and Trust Company is also a defendant, along with Community, in two individual actions (Chatfield v. Irwin Union Bank and Trust Company, et al. and Ransom v. Irwin Union Bank and Trust Company, et al.) filed on June 9, 2004 in the Circuit Court of Frederick County, Maryland, involving mortgage loans Irwin Union Bank purchased from Community. On July 16, 2004, both of these lawsuits were removed to the United States District Court for the District of Maryland. The complaints allege that the plaintiffs did not receive disclosures required under HOEPA and TILA. The lawsuits also allege violations of Maryland law because the plaintiffs were allegedly charged or contracted for a prepayment penalty fee. Irwin believes the plaintiffs received the required disclosures and that Community, a Virginia-chartered bank, was permitted to charge prepayment fees to Maryland borrowers. Under the loan purchase agreements between

18


Table of Contents

Irwin and Community, Irwin has the right to demand repurchase of the mortgage loans and to seek indemnification from Community for the claims in these lawsuits.

      Under the loan purchase agreement between Irwin and Community, Irwin has the right to demand repurchase of the mortgage loans and indemnification from Community for these claims. On September 17, 2004, Irwin made a demand for indemnification and a defense to Hobson, Chatfield and Ransom. Community denied this request as premature.

      On December 22, 2004, Irwin filed a motion with the Judicial Panel On Multidistrict Litigation requesting a transfer of Hobson, Chatfield and Ransom to the Western District of Pennsylvania for coordinated or consolidated proceedings with the Kossler action. That motion was accepted by the Panel, and plaintiffs filed a motion in opposition.

      At this early stage, we are unable to form a reasonable estimate of the amount of potential loss, if any, that Irwin could suffer. We have established a reserve for the Community litigation based upon the advice of legal counsel.

 
Litigation Related to NorVergence, Inc.

      Irwin Business Finance, our indirect subsidiary, is involved on a national basis in equipment leasing finance and maintains a diverse portfolio of leases, including leases in the telecommunications field. A portion of Irwin’s telecommunications portfolio involves leases of equipment acquired from NorVergence, Inc., a New Jersey-based telecommunications company. After assigning leases to Irwin and other lenders, NorVergence became a debtor in a Chapter 7 bankruptcy, which is currently pending in the United States Bankruptcy Court in New Jersey. The sudden failure of NorVergence left many of its customers without telecommunications service. These customers became very angry when commitments made to them by NorVergence went unfulfilled.

      Complaints by former NorVergence customers have led to investigations by the Attorneys General of several states and the filing of a number of lawsuits. Irwin Business Finance has been named as a defendant in several lawsuits connected with NorVergence. Exquisite Caterers, LLC et al. v. Popular Leasing et al. is a lawsuit filed in the Superior Court of New Jersey, Monmouth County, and was amended to include Irwin Business Finance and others on September 1, 2004. The Exquisite Caterers plaintiffs seek certification of a class of persons who leased network computer equipment from NorVergence, whose leases were assigned to defendants. The complaint alleges that NorVergence misrepresented the services and equipment provided, that the lessees were defrauded and the lease agreements should not be enforced. The action alleges violations of, among other things, the New Jersey Consumer Fraud Act; the New Jersey Truth-in-Consumer Contract, Warranty, and Notice Act; the FTC Holder Rule; the FTC Act; and breach of contract and implied warranties. The plaintiffs seek compensatory, statutory and punitive damages, and injunctive relief, including rescission of the leases and cessation of collections.

      Irwin Business Finance was also named as a defendant, along with other lenders, in Delanco Board of Education et al. v. IFC Credit Corporation, a lawsuit filed in the Superior Court of New Jersey, Essex County, Chancery Division, in October 2004 in connection with leases assigned to the lenders by NorVergence. (IFC Credit Corporation is not affiliated with Irwin Financial Corporation or Irwin Business Finance.) The suit involved more than one thousand plaintiffs and alleged fraud, misrepresentation and violations of the New Jersey Consumer Fraud law based on alleged conduct similar to that in Exquisite Caterers, with the addition of a count under the New Jersey RICO statute. Plaintiffs also alleged unjust enrichment and conversion and sought rescission of the leases plus punitive and other damages. After failing in an attempt to obtain a temporary injunction, the plaintiffs agreed to withdraw the complaint filed in the Superior Court and have now commenced actions in the NorVergence bankruptcy proceeding, seeking similar relief.

      Irwin Business Finance was also named as a defendant, along with other lenders, in Sterling Asset & Equity Corp. et al. v. Preferred Capital, Inc. et al., an action filed in the United States District Court for the Southern District of Florida in October 2004, which was voluntarily dismissed in January 2005. The plaintiffs then filed a similar complaint in the Circuit Court of the 11th Judicial Circuit, Miami-Dade County, Florida

19


Table of Contents

on January 14, 2005 seeking class certification on behalf of Florida persons or entities who leased equipment from NorVergence and whose agreement was assigned to one of the named lenders. The plaintiffs allege that NorVergence engaged in false, misleading and deceptive sales and billing practices. The complaint alleges violations of the Florida Deceptive and Unfair Trade Practices Act, the FTC Holder Rule, and breach of contract and warranties. Plaintiffs seek, among other relief, compensatory and punitive damages, injunctive and/or declaratory relief prohibiting enforcement of the leases, rescission, return of payments, interest, attorneys’ fees and costs.

      In addition, Irwin Business Finance has been named in several individual lawsuits involving equipment and services leased from NorVergence, where the lease was assigned to Irwin Business Finance. The suits allege fraud and nonfunctional equipment and services. The plaintiffs request rescission, restitution and/or reformation of the leases and/or a declaration of unenforceability. These suits were filed in the following jurisdictions: two actions in the District Court of Dallas County, Texas (July 2004 and October 2004); one action in the Superior Court of California, County of San Diego (August 2004); and one in the Superior Court of Massachusetts (September 2004). All but the Massachusetts action have been resolved by agreements under which the lessees have paid a significant portion of their lease obligations.

      In connection with investigations by various state attorneys general, Irwin Business Finance and other lenders were asked to produce information about their relationships with NorVergence and to refrain from enforcing NorVergence leases. On October 21, 2004, the Attorney General of Florida filed a complaint against twelve lenders, including Irwin Business Finance, in the Circuit Court of the Second Judicial Circuit, Leon County, Florida (State of Florida v. Commerce Commercial Leasing, LLC et al.). The complaint alleges that the agreements assigned by NorVergence to the lenders are unconscionable under the Florida Deceptive and Unfair Trade Practices Act. The suit seeks to prohibit collection activities by the lenders and asks for repayment of revenues, rescission of the agreements, restitution, recovery of actual damages, and civil money penalties. Prosecution of this suit against Irwin Business Finance has been stayed by agreement of the parties while they discuss resolution of the concerns expressed by the Florida Attorney General.

      Irwin Business Finance was among a number of lenders to receive a notice of intent to sue from the Attorney General of New York. In January 2005, Irwin Business Finance reached an agreement with the New York Attorney General in connection with the five NorVergence-related leases Irwin Business Finance has with New York lessees. The agreement calls for, among other provisions, forgiveness of 90% of the remaining principal balance due on the leases as of July 15, 2004 (approximately $116,000). Irwin Business Finance is also communicating with other state attorneys general about ways in which Irwin Business Finance might work with the states to bring some relief to those who have suffered as a result of the failure of NorVergence.

      We are unable to form a reasonable estimate of potential loss, if any, that Irwin Business Finance could suffer as a result of ongoing litigation. Agreements with the various state attorneys general, if reached, would tend to decrease damages awarded, if any, in NorVergence-related class actions and other lawsuits because lessees who accept such agreements would normally cease to be among potential class action plaintiffs. We have not established reserves in connection with NorVergence-related litigation.

      We and our subsidiaries are from time to time engaged in various matters of litigation, including the matters described above, other assertions of improper or fraudulent loan practices or lending violations, and other matters, and we have a number of unresolved claims pending. In addition, as part of the ordinary course of business, we and our subsidiaries are parties to litigation involving claims to the ownership of funds in particular accounts, the collection of delinquent accounts, challenges to security interests in collateral, and foreclosure interests, that is incidental to our regular business activities. While the ultimate liability with respect to these other litigation matters and claims cannot be determined at this time, we believe that damages, if any, and other amounts relating to pending matters are not likely to be material to our consolidated financial position or results of operations, except as described above. Reserves are established for these various matters of litigation, when appropriate under SFAS 5, based in part upon the advice of legal counsel.

20


Table of Contents

 
Item 4. Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders

      During the fourth quarter of 2004, no matters were submitted to a vote of our security holders, through the solicitation of proxies or otherwise.

21


Table of Contents

PART II

 
Item 5. Market for Corporation’s Common Equity and Related Stockholder Matters

      Our stock is listed on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “IFC.” The following table sets forth certain information regarding trading in, and cash dividends paid with respect to, the shares of our common stock in each quarter of the two most recent calendar years. The approximate number of shareholders of record on February 18, 2005, was 1,755.

Stock Prices and Dividends:

                                         
Price Range Total

Quarter Cash Dividends
High Low End Dividends For Year





2003
                                       
First quarter
    20.12       15.95       19.49     $ 0.07          
Second quarter
    26.50       19.26       25.90     $ 0.07          
Third Quarter
    25.81       20.90       24.30     $ 0.07          
Fourth Quarter
    32.15       25.30       31.40     $ 0.07     $ 0.28  
2004
                                       
First quarter
    36.17       26.63       26.98     $ 0.08          
Second quarter
    27.43       23.10       26.40     $ 0.08          
Third Quarter
    27.58       25.05       25.82     $ 0.08          
Fourth Quarter
    28.85       23.80       28.39     $ 0.08     $ 0.32  

      We expect to continue our policy of paying regular cash dividends, although there is no assurance as to future dividends because they are dependent on future earnings, capital requirements, and financial condition. On February 10, 2005, our Board of Directors approved an increase in the first quarter dividend to $0.10 per share, payable in March 2005. Dividends paid by Irwin Union Bank and Trust and Irwin Union Bank, F.S.B. to the Corporation are restricted by banking law.

Sales of Unregistered Securities:

      In 2004, we issued 5,955 shares of common stock pursuant to elections made by eight of our outside directors to receive board compensation under the 1999 Outside Director Restricted Stock Compensation Plan in lieu of cash fees. All of these shares were issued in reliance on the private placement exemption from registration provided in Section 4(2) of the Securities Act.

22


Table of Contents

 
Item 6. Selected Financial Data

Five-Year Selected Financial Data

                                             
At or For Year Ended December 31,

2004 2003 2002 2001 2000





(Dollars in thousands except per share data)
For the year:
                                       
 
Net revenues
  $ 524,933     $ 530,445     $ 403,788     $ 387,019     $ 290,626  
 
Noninterest expense
    407,235       412,043       317,557       312,819       231,095  
     
     
     
     
     
 
 
Income before income taxes
    117,698       118,402       86,231       74,200       59,531  
 
Provision for income taxes
    47,794       45,585       33,398       28,859       23,865  
     
     
     
     
     
 
 
Income before cumulative effect of change in accounting principle
    69,904       72,817       52,833       45,341       35,666  
     
     
     
     
     
 
 
Cumulative effect of change in accounting principle, net of tax
                495       175        
     
     
     
     
     
 
 
Net income
  $ 69,904     $ 72,817     $ 53,328     $ 45,516     $ 35,666  
     
     
     
     
     
 
 
Mortgage loan originations
  $ 13,093,082     $ 22,669,246     $ 11,411,875     $ 9,225,991     $ 4,091,573  
 
Home equity loan originations
    1,442,314       1,133,316       1,067,227       1,149,410       1,225,955  
Common Share Data:
                                       
 
Earnings per share:(1)
                                       
   
Basic
  $ 2.47     $ 2.61     $ 1.99     $ 2.15     $ 1.70  
   
Diluted
    2.32       2.45       1.89       2.00       1.67  
 
Cash dividends per share
    0.32       0.28       0.27       0.26       0.24  
 
Book value per share
    17.67       15.36       12.98       10.81       8.92  
 
Dividend payout ratio
    12.97 %     10.76 %     14.01 %     12.13 %     14.13 %
 
Weighted average shares — basic
    28,274       27,915       26,823       21,175       20,973  
 
Weighted average shares — diluted
    31,278       30,850       29,675       24,173       21,593  
 
Shares outstanding — end of period
    28,452       28,134       27,771       21,305       21,026  
At year end:
                                       
 
Assets
  $ 5,239,341     $ 4,988,359     $ 4,910,392     $ 3,446,602     $ 2,425,690  
 
Residual interests
    56,101       71,491       157,514       199,071       152,614  
 
Loans held for sale
    890,711       883,895       1,314,849       502,086       579,788  
 
Loans and leases
    3,450,440       3,161,054       2,815,276       2,137,822       1,234,922  
 
Allowance for loan and lease losses
    44,443       64,285       50,936       22,283       13,129  
 
Servicing assets
    367,032       380,123       174,935       228,624       130,627  
 
Deposits
    3,395,263       2,899,662       2,693,810       2,308,962       1,442,589  
 
Short-term borrowings
    237,277       429,758       993,124       487,963       476,928  
 
Collateralized debt
    547,477       590,131       391,425              
 
Other long-term debt(2)
    270,172       270,184       30,070       30,000       30,000  
 
Trust preferred securities(2)
                233,000       198,500       153,500  
 
Shareholders’ equity
    502,644       432,260       360,555       231,665       188,870  
 
Managed mortgage banking servicing portfolio
    26,196,627       29,640,122       16,792,669       12,875,532       9,196,513  
Selected Financial Data:
                                       
Performance Ratios:
                                       
 
Return on average assets
    1.3 %     1.4 %     1.3 %     1.5 %     1.8 %
 
Return on average equity
    14.8       18.4       16.7       21.8       20.8  
 
Net interest margin(3)
    5.46       5.82       6.01       5.35       5.36  

23


Table of Contents

                                             
At or For Year Ended December 31,

2004 2003 2002 2001 2000





(Dollars in thousands except per share data)
 
Noninterest income to revenues(4)
    53.2       53.0       52.3       64.8       69.9  
 
Efficiency ratio(5)
    75.7       71.3       70.9       78.1       78.6  
 
Loans and leases and loans held for sale to deposits(6)
    91.4       94.1       89.9       79.1       85.6  
 
Average interest-earning assets to average interest-bearing liabilities
    132.4       132.2       121.7       117.2       113.5  
Asset Quality Ratios:
                                       
 
Allowance for loan and lease losses to:
                                       
   
Total loans and leases
    1.3 %     2.0 %     1.8 %     1.0 %     1.1 %
   
Non-performing loans and leases
    131.9       144.9       163.6       116.3       181.8  
 
Net charge-offs to average loans and leases
    0.7       1.1       0.7       0.7       0.3  
 
Non-performing assets to total assets
    0.9       1.1       0.8       0.7       0.4  
 
Non-performing assets to total loans and leases and other real estate owned
    1.3       1.7       1.3       1.1       0.8  
Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges:
                                       
 
Including deposit interest
    2.3 x     2.2 x     1.9 x     1.6 x     1.6x  
 
Excluding deposit interest
    3.5       3.1       3.0       2.5       2.5  
Capital Ratios:
                                       
 
Average shareholders’ equity to average assets
    9.0 %     7.6 %     8.0 %     6.7 %     8.5 %
 
Tier 1 capital ratio
    13.0       11.4       9.3       6.8       8.9  
 
Tier 1 leverage ratio
    11.6       11.2       9.7       9.4       12.4  
 
Total risk-based capital ratio
    15.9       15.1       13.2       10.8       13.6  


(1)  Earnings per share of common stock before cumulative effect of change in accounting principle related to SFAS 142, “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets,” for the year ended December 31, 2002 was $1.97 basic and $1.87 diluted. Earnings per share of common stock before cumulative effect of change in accounting principle related to SFAS 133, “Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities,” for the year ended December 31, 2001 was $2.14 basic and $1.99 diluted.
 
(2)  At December 31, 2004 and 2003, the Trusts holding trust preferred securities were not consolidated in accordance with FASB Interpretation No. 46, “Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities.” See “Collateralized and Other Long-Term Debt” and footnote 1 to the consolidated financial statements for further discussion.
 
(3)  Net interest income divided by average interest-earning assets.
 
(4)  Revenues consist of net interest income plus noninterest income.
 
(5)  Noninterest expense divided by net interest income plus noninterest income.
 
(6)  Excludes first (but not second) mortgage loans held for sale and loans collateralizing secured financings.

24


Table of Contents

 
Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

About Forward-looking Statements

      You should read the following discussion in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements, footnotes, and tables. This discussion and other sections of this report contain forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933 and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. We intend such forward-looking statements to be covered by the safe harbor provisions for forward-looking statements contained in the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995 and are including this statement for purposes of invoking these safe harbor provisions.

      Forward-looking statements are based on management’s expectations, estimates, projections, and assumptions. These statements involve inherent risks and uncertainties that are difficult to predict and are not guarantees of future performance. In addition, our past results of operations do not necessarily indicate our future results. Words that convey our beliefs, expectations, assumptions, estimates, forecasts, outlook and projections or similar language, or that indicate events we believe could, would, should, may or will occur (or might not occur) or are likely (or unlikely) to occur, and similar expressions, are intended to identify forward-looking statements. These may include, among other things, statements and assumptions about:

  •  our projected revenues, earnings or earnings per share, as well as management’s short-term and long-term performance goals;
  •  projected trends or potential changes in our asset quality, loan delinquencies, asset valuations, capital ratios or financial performance measures;
  •  our plans and strategies, including the expected results or impact of implementing such plans and strategies;
  •  potential litigation developments and the anticipated impact of potential outcomes of pending legal matters;
  •  the anticipated effects on results of operations or financial condition from recent developments or events;
  •  any other projections or expressions that are not historical facts.

Actual future results may differ materially from what is projected due to a variety of factors, including, but not limited to:

  •  potential changes in and volatility of interest rates, which may affect consumer demand for our products and the management and success of our interest rate risk management strategies;
  •  staffing fluctuations in response to product demand;
  •  the relative profitability of our lending operations;
  •  the valuation and management of our servicing portfolios, including short-term swings in valuation of such portfolios due to quarter-end secondary market interest rates, which are inherently volatile;
  •  borrowers’ refinancing opportunities, which may affect the prepayment assumptions used in our valuation estimates and which may affect loan demand;
  •  unanticipated deterioration in the credit quality of our assets;
  •  deterioration in the carrying value of our other assets, including securities;
  •  difficulties in delivering products to the secondary market as planned;
  •  difficulties in expanding our businesses or raising capital and other funding sources as needed;
  •  competition from other financial service providers for experienced managers as well as for customers;
  •  changes in the value of companies in which we invest;
  •  changes in variable compensation plans related to the performance and valuation of lines of business where we tie compensation systems to line-of-business performance;
  •  unanticipated outcomes in litigation;
  •  legislative or regulatory changes, including changes in tax laws or regulations, changes in the interpretation of regulatory capital rules, changes in consumer or commercial lending rules or rules affecting corporate governance, and the availability of resources to address these rules;
  •  changes in applicable accounting policies or principles or their application to our business;
  •  or governmental changes in monetary or fiscal policies.

25


Table of Contents

      We undertake no obligation to update publicly any of these statements in light of future events, except as required in subsequent periodic reports we file with the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC).

Strategy

      Our strategy is to maintain a diverse and balanced revenue stream by focusing on niches in financial services where we believe we can optimize the productivity of our capital and where our experience and expertise can provide a competitive advantage. Our operational objectives are premised on simultaneously achieving three goals: creditworthiness, profitability and growth. We believe we must continually balance these goals in order to deliver long-term value to all of our stakeholders. We have developed a four-part strategy to meet these goals:

  •  Identify underserved niches. We focus on product or market niches in financial services that we believe are underserved and where we believe customers are willing to pay a premium for value-added services. We don’t believe it is necessary to be the largest or leading market share company in any of our product lines, but we do believe it is important that we are viewed as a preferred provider in niche segments of those product offerings.
 
  •  Hire exceptional management with niche expertise. We enter niches only when we have attracted senior managers who have proven track records in the niche for which they are responsible. Each of our five lines of business has a separate management team that operates as an independent business unit responsible for performance goals specific to that particular line of business. Our structure allows the senior managers of each line of business to focus their efforts on understanding their customers and meeting the needs of the markets they serve. This structure also promotes accountability among managers of each enterprise. The senior managers at each of our lines of business and at the parent company have significant industry experience. We attempt to create a mix of short-term and long-term incentives (including, in some instances, minority interests in the line of business) that provide these managers with the incentive to achieve creditworthy, profitable growth over the long term.
 
  •  Diversify capital and earnings risk. We diversify our revenues and allocate our capital across complementary lines of business as a key part of our risk management. Our lines of business are cyclical, but when combined in an appropriate mix, we believe they provide sources of diversification and opportunities for growth in a variety of economic conditions. For example, both the origination and servicing of residential mortgage loans are very cyclical businesses, which normally respond in opposite ways to changes in interest rates and show generally opposite effects in certain economic environments. We believe our participation in these markets has been profitable over time due to our dedication to participating in both segments of the mortgage banking business, rather than one or the other.
 
  •  Reinvest in new opportunities. We reinvest on an ongoing basis in the development of new and existing opportunities. As a result of our attention to long-term value creation, we believe it is important at times to dampen short-term earnings growth by investing for future return. We are biased toward seeking new growth through organic expansion of existing lines of business. At times we will initiate a new line through a start-up, with highly qualified managers we select to focus on a single line of business. Over the past ten years, we have made only a few acquisitions. Those have typically not been in competitive bidding situations.

      We believe our historical growth and profitability is the result of our endeavors to pursue complementary consumer and commercial lending niches through our bank holding company structure, our experienced management, our diverse product and geographic markets, and our willingness and ability to align the compensation structure of each of our lines of business with the interests of our stakeholders. Through various economic environments and cycles, we have had a relatively stable revenue and earnings stream on a consolidated basis generated primarily through internal growth rather than acquisitions.

26


Table of Contents

Critical Accounting Policies/ Management Judgments and Accounting Estimates

      Accounting estimates are an integral part of our financial statements and are based upon our current judgments. Certain accounting estimates are particularly sensitive because of their significance to the financial statements and because of the possibility that future events affecting them may differ from our current judgments or that our use of different assumptions could result in materially different estimates. The following is a description of the critical accounting policies we apply to material financial statement items, all of which require the use of accounting estimates and/or judgment:

 
Valuation of Mortgage Servicing Rights

      Mortgage servicing rights are recorded at the lower of their allocated cost basis or fair value and a valuation allowance is recorded for any stratum that is impaired. We estimate the fair value of the servicing assets each month using a cash flow model to project future expected cash flows based upon a set of valuation assumptions we believe market participants would use for similar assets. The primary assumptions we use for valuing our mortgage servicing assets include prepayment speeds, default rates, cost to service and discount rates. We review these assumptions on a regular basis to ensure that they remain consistent with current market conditions. Additionally, we periodically receive third party estimates of the portfolio value from independent valuation firms. Inaccurate assumptions in valuing mortgage servicing rights could result in additional impairment and inappropriate hedging decisions and could adversely affect our results of operations. We also review mortgage servicing rights for other-than-temporary impairment each quarter and recognize a direct write-down when the recoverability of a recorded valuation allowance is determined to be remote. Unlike a valuation allowance, a direct write-down permanently reduces the unamortized cost of the mortgage servicing rights asset and the valuation allowance, precluding subsequent reversals. See footnote 7 to the consolidated financial statements for further discussion.

 
Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses

      The allowance for loan and lease losses (ALLL) reflects our estimate of the adequacy of reserves needed to cover probable loan and lease losses and certain risks inherent in our loan portfolio. The ALLL is an estimate based on our judgment applying the principles of SFAS 5, “Accounting for Contingencies,” SFAS 114, “Accounting by Creditors for Impairment of a Loan,” and SFAS 118, “Accounting by Creditors for Impairment of a Loan — Income Recognition and Disclosures.” In determining a proper level of loss reserves, management evaluates the adequacy of the allowance on a quarterly basis based on our past loan loss experience, known and inherent risks in the loan portfolio, levels of delinquencies, adverse situations that may affect a borrower’s ability to repay, trends in volume and terms of loans and leases, estimated value of any underlying collateral, changes in underwriting standards, changes in credit concentrations, and current economic and industry conditions.

      Within the allowance, there are specific and expected loss components. The specific loss component is assessed for loans we believe to be impaired under SFAS 114. We have defined impairment as nonaccrual loans. For loans determined to be impaired, we measure the level of impairment by comparing the loan’s carrying value to fair value using one of the following fair value measurement techniques: present value of expected future cash flows, observable market price, or fair value of the associated collateral. An allowance is established when the fair value implies a value that is lower than the carrying value. In addition to establishing allowance levels for specifically identified impaired loans, management determines an allowance for all other loans in the portfolio for which historical experience and/or expected performance indicates that certain losses will occur. These loans are segregated by major product type, and in some instances, by aging, with an estimated loss ratio applied against each product type and aging category. The loss ratio is generally based upon historic loss experience for each loan type as adjusted for certain environmental factors management believes to be relevant. Loans and leases that are determined by management to be uncollectible are charged against the allowance. The allowance is increased by provisions against income and recoveries of loans and leases previously charged off. See the “Credit Risk” section of Management’s Discussion and Analysis and footnote 6 to the consolidated financial statements for further discussion.

27


Table of Contents

      In addition to the ALLL, at our mortgage banking segment we record a reserve for potential losses resulting from origination errors. Such errors include inaccurate appraisals, errors in underwriting, and ineligibility for inclusion in loan programs of government-sponsored entities which relieve us of future credit losses. In determining reserve levels for origination errors, we estimate the number of loans with such errors, the year in which the loss will occur, and the severity of the loss upon occurrence applied to an average loan amount. Inaccurate assumptions in setting this reserve could result in changes in future reserves.

 
Valuation of Residual Interests

      Residual interests from securitizations treated as sales under SFAS No. 140, “Accounting for Transfers and Servicing of Financial Assets and Extinguishments of Liabilities,” are classified as trading assets and as such, we record them at fair value on the balance sheet. We record the changes in fair value of these residuals as trading gains or losses in our statement of income in the period of change. We use a discounted cash flow analysis to determine the fair value of these residuals. Cash flows are projected over the lives of the residuals using prepayment, default, and interest rate assumptions that we believe market participants would use for similar financial instruments. Inaccurate assumptions in valuing residual interests could result in additional impairment and adversely affect our results of operations. We have not created these types of residuals since early 2002. See footnote 3 to the consolidated financial statements for further discussion.

 
Accounting for Deferred Taxes

      Deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on temporary differences between the time income or expense items are recognized for book purposes and in our tax return. We make this measurement using the enacted tax rates and laws that are expected to be in effect when the differences are expected to reverse. We recognize deferred tax assets based on estimates of future taxable income. Events may occur in the future that could cause the realizability of these deferred tax assets to be in doubt, requiring the need for a valuation allowance.

Consolidated Overview

                                         
2004 % Change 2003 % Change 2002





Net income (millions)
  $ 69.9       (4.0 )%   $ 72.8       36.5 %   $ 53.3  
Basic earnings per share(1)
    2.47       (5.4 )     2.61       31.2       1.99  
Diluted earnings per share(1)
    2.32       (5.3 )     2.45       29.6       1.89  
Return on average equity
    14.8 %           18.4 %           16.7 %
Return on average assets
    1.3             1.4             1.3  


(1)  Earnings per share of common stock before cumulative effect of change in accounting principle related to SFAS 142, “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets,” for the year ended December 31, 2002 was $1.97 basic and $1.87 diluted.

Consolidated Income Statement Analysis

 
Net Income

      We recorded net income of $69.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2004, down 4% from net income of $72.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2003, and compared to $53.3 million in 2002. Net income per share (diluted) was $2.32 for the year ended December 31, 2004, down 5% from $2.45 per share in 2003 and up 23% from $1.89 per share in 2002. Return on equity was 14.8% for the year ended December 31, 2004, 18.4% in 2003 and 16.7% in 2002. The effective income tax rate for 2004 was 40.6%, compared to 38.5% in 2003 and 38.7% in 2002. The higher effective rate in 2004 was caused, in part, by non-deductible interest at our Canadian leasing subsidiary. We believe the effective rate in 2005 will be closer to the rates in 2002 and 2003, rather than the rate in 2004.

28


Table of Contents

 
Net Interest Income

      Net interest income for the year ended December 31, 2004 totaled $252.1 million, down 7% from 2003 net interest income of $271.9 million and up 18% from 2002. The following table shows our daily average consolidated balance sheet and interest rates at the dates indicated:

                                                                               
December 31,

2004 2003 2002



Average Yield/ Average Yield/ Average Yield/
Balance Interest Rate Balance Interest Rate Balance Interest Rate









(Dollars in thousands)
Assets
                                                                       
Interest-earning assets:
                                                                       
 
Interest-bearing deposits with financial institutions
  $ 85,304     $ 794       0.93 %   $ 74,216     $ 550       0.74 %   $ 25,859     $ 311       1.20 %
 
Federal funds sold
    15,340       173       1.13       10,824       118       1.10       12,582       104       0.83  
 
Residual interests
    67,544       12,509       18.52       108,351       20,651       19.06       186,947       34,164       18.27  
 
Investment securities(2)
    88,254       4,536       5.14       68,602       3,723       5.43       39,923       2,809       7.04  
 
Loans held for sale
    1,034,032       80,003       7.74       1,237,963       104,350       8.43       668,522       55,336       8.28  
 
Loans and leases, net of unearned income(1)
    3,324,333       246,288       7.41       3,168,776       241,592       7.62       2,620,428       218,718       8.35  
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
     
Total interest earning assets
  $ 4,614,807     $ 344,303       7.46 %     4,668,732     $ 370,984       7.95 %     3,554,261     $ 311,442       8.76 %
Noninterest-earning assets:
                                                                       
 
Cash and due from banks
    104,115                       103,581                       100,259                  
 
Premises and equipment, net
    31,219                       32,644                       34,041                  
 
Other assets
    586,668                       440,164                       354,296                  
 
Less allowance for loan and lease losses
    (56,311 )                     (57,986 )                     (37,054 )                
     
                     
                     
                 
     
Total assets
  $ 5,280,498                     $ 5,187,135                     $ 4,005,803                  
     
                     
                     
                 
 
Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity
                                                                       
Interest-bearing liabilities:
                                                                       
 
Money market checking
  $ 333,772     $ 4,487       1.34 %   $ 169,674     $ 913       0.54 %   $ 132,351     $ 664       0.50 %
 
Money market savings
    1,071,617       15,127       1.41       866,241       11,085       1.28       648,706       10,253       1.58  
 
Regular savings
    60,800       873       1.44       62,756       1,249       1.99       58,204       1,586       2.72  
 
Time deposits
    907,736       24,000       2.64       992,954       29,118       2.93       1,027,045       41,858       4.08  
 
Short-term borrowings
    307,929       9,583       3.11       595,243       14,889       2.50       600,821       15,003       2.50  
 
Collateralized debt
    534,660       15,259       2.85       578,656       15,369       2.66       215,128       5,932       2.76  
 
Other long-term debt
    270,178       22,896       8.47       30,060       2,325       7.74       31,985       2,699       8.44  
 
Trust preferred securities distributions(3)
                n/a       236,823       24,151       10.20       205,400       19,800       9.64  
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
     
Total interest-bearing liabilities
  $ 3,486,692     $ 92,225       2.65 %   $ 3,532,407     $ 99,099       2.81 %     2,919,640     $ 97,795       3.35 %
Noninterest-bearing liabilities:
                                                                       
 
Demand deposits
    1,006,558                       1,042,403                       577,409                  
 
Other liabilities
    314,478                       216,111                       188,738                  
Shareholders’ equity
    472,770                       396,214                       320,016                  
     
                     
                     
                 
 
Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity
  $ 5,280,498                     $ 5,187,135                     $ 4,005,803                  
     
                     
                     
                 
   
Net interest income
          $ 252,078                     $ 271,885                     $ 213,647          
             
                     
                     
         
   
Net interest income to average interest earning assets
                    5.46 %                     5.82 %                     6.01 %
                     
                     
                     
 


(1)  For purposes of these computations, nonaccrual loans are included in daily average loan amounts outstanding.
 
(2)  We do not show interest income on a tax equivalent basis because it is immaterial
 
(3)  These securities were re-classified in 2004 to “Other long-term debt”.

29


Table of Contents

      Net interest margin for the year ended December 31, 2004 was 5.46% compared to 5.82% in 2003 and 6.01% in 2002. The decline in margin in 2004 relates to the lower interest rate environment relative to 2003 that caused yields on variable rate loans to decline at a more rapid pace than underlying funding sources, some of which (e.g., mortgage escrow deposits) have rates close to zero in any interest rate environment and, therefore, cannot reduce in a declining rate environment. In addition, the average balance on the high-yielding residual interests declined 38% in 2004 due primarily to the full year effect in 2004 of unrealized trading losses (reflecting valuation impairment) recorded during the first half of 2003.

      The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, a summary of the changes in interest earned and interest paid resulting from changes in volume and rates for the major components of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities:

                                                     
For the Year Ended December 31,

2004 Over 2003 2003 Over 2002


Volume Rate Total Volume Rate Total






(Dollars and thousands)
Interest Income
                                               
 
Loans and leases
  $ 11,860     $ (7,164 )   $ 4,696     $ 45,769     $ (22,895 )   $ 22,874  
 
Mortgage loans held for sale
    (17,189 )     (7,158 )     (24,347 )     47,134       1,880       49,014  
 
Investment securities
    1,066       (253 )     813       2,018       (1,104 )     914  
 
Residual interests
    (7,777 )     (365 )     (8,142 )     (14,363 )     850       (13,513 )
 
Interest bearing deposits with financial institutions
    82       162       244       581       (342 )     239  
 
Federal funds sold
    50       5       55       (15 )     29       14  
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
   
Total
    (11,908 )     (14,773 )     (26,681 )     81,124       (21,582 )     59,542  
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
Interest Expense
                                               
 
Money market checking
    883       2,691       3,574       187       62       249  
 
Money market savings
    2,628       1,414       4,042       3,438       (2,606 )     832  
 
Regular savings
    (39 )     (337 )     (376 )     124       (461 )     (337 )
 
Time deposits
    (2,499 )     (2,619 )     (5,118 )     (1,389 )     (11,351 )     (12,740 )
 
Short-term borrowings
    (7,187 )     1,881       (5,306 )     (139 )     25       (114 )
 
Collateralized debt
    (1,169 )     1,059       (110 )     10,024       (587 )     9,437  
 
Other long-term debt
    18,575       1,996       20,571       (162 )     (212 )     (374 )
 
Trust preferred securities distribution
    (24,151 )     0       (24,151 )     3,029       1,322       4,351  
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
   
Total
    (12,959 )     6,085       (6,874 )     15,112       (13,808 )     1,304  
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
 
Net Interest Income
  $ 1,051     $ (20,858 )   $ (19,807 )   $ 66,012     $ (7,774 )   $ 58,238  
     
     
     
     
     
     
 

      The variance not due solely to rate or volume has been allocated on the basis of the absolute relationship between volume and rate variances.

 
Provision for Loan and Lease Losses

      The consolidated provision for loan and lease losses for the year 2004 was $14.1 million, compared to $47.6 million and $44.0 million in 2003 and 2002, respectively. More information on this subject is contained in the section on “credit risk.”

 
Noninterest Income

      Noninterest income during the year 2004 totaled $287.0 million, compared to $306.1 million for 2003 and $234.1 million in 2002. The decrease in 2004 versus 2003 was primarily a result of a $180 million or 49%

30


Table of Contents

decrease in gain from sale of loans as a result of decreased production and decreased secondary market deliveries of first mortgage loans. In addition, we recorded impairment on our mortgage servicing asset totaling $2 million in 2004, versus impairment recovery in 2003 of $45 million. Offsetting this was $21 million in derivative gains from our economic hedging activities during 2004, compared to $44 million of derivative losses during 2003. Accordingly, mortgage servicing asset impairment/recovery net of derivative gains/losses was a net recovery of $19 million in 2004 compared to a net recovery of $24 million in 2003. Also offsetting the decreased gain on sale was amortization expense on our servicing asset that decreased 14% to $117 million in 2004 compared to $136 million in 2003 due to lower prepayments and as a result of permanent impairment taken in 2003. These fluctuations in noninterest income primarily occurred at our mortgage banking line of business and relate to market conditions driven by a low interest rate environment throughout most of 2004. See “Mortgage Banking” section for further discussion. In our Home Equity Lending segment, we recorded trading gains of $25 million in 2004 compared to trading losses of $52 million in 2003. The unrealized gains in 2004 principally reflect lower actual loss rates than those previously modeled and reflect more sizable recoveries resulting from home price appreciation and more aggressive collection efforts. See “Home Equity Lending” section for further discussion.

Noninterest Expense

      Noninterest expenses for the year ended December 31, 2004 totaled $407.2 million, compared to $412.0 million and $317.6 million in 2003 and 2002, respectively. The decrease in consolidated noninterest expense in 2004 is primarily related to lower personnel costs associated with our decreased production at the mortgage banking line of business. This decline was offset by higher personnel costs at the home equity lending, commercial banking, and commercial finance lines of business in connection with their improved performance in 2004.

Consolidated Balance Sheet Analysis

      Average assets for 2004 were $5.3 billion up 2% from December 31, 2003, and up 32% from December 31, 2002. The growth in the consolidated average balance sheet reflects increases in portfolio loans and leases particularly at the commercial banking and commercial finance lines of business. This growth was offset by declines in mortgage loans held for sale at the mortgage banking line of business as mortgage production decreased in 2004. Total assets at December 31, 2004 were $5.2 billion, up 5% from December 31, 2003.

Loans Held For Sale

      Loans held for sale totaled $0.9 billion at December 31, 2004, unchanged from December 31, 2003 and down 32% from December 31, 2002. The decrease compared to 2002 occurred primarily at our mortgage banking line of business where first mortgage loans held for sale declined from $1.2 billion at December 31, 2002 to $0.7 billion at December 31, 2003 and 2004. This decline reflects slower refinance activity at the mortgage line of business as a result of the interest rate environment at year-end 2003 and 2004. Included in loans held for sale at the mortgage line of business at December 31, 2004 and 2003 were $68 million and $116 million, respectively, of loans for which we have the right, but not the obligation, to repurchase due to default, under the terms of the government servicing agency contracts. Upon default, we have the non-contingent right to repurchase these loans which causes “repurchase accounting” under Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (SFAS) No. 140, “Accounting for Transfers and Servicing of Financial Assets and Extinguishments of Liabilities.” The liability associated with these loans is reflected in “other liabilities” on our Consolidated Balance Sheet.

Loans and Leases

      Our commercial loans and leases are originated throughout the United States and Canada. Equipment loans and leases are also originated in Canada by our commercial finance line of business. At December 31, 2004, 93% of our loan and lease portfolio was associated with our U.S. operations. We also extend credit to

31


Table of Contents

consumers nationally through mortgages, installment loans and revolving credit arrangements. Loans by major category for the periods presented were as follows:
                                             
December 31,

2004 2003 2002 2001 2000





(Dollars in thousands)
Commercial, financial and agricultural
  $ 1,697,651     $ 1,503,619     $ 1,347,962     $ 1,055,307     $ 677,066  
Real estate construction
    287,496       306,669       314,851       287,228       220,485  
Real estate mortgage
    808,875       859,541       777,865       490,186       122,301  
Consumer
    31,166       27,370       27,857       38,489       56,785  
Commercial financing:
                                       
 
Franchise financing
    330,496       207,341       130,247       47,447        
 
Domestic leasing
    174,035       157,072       161,464       185,080       116,867  
 
Canadian leasing
    265,780       207,355       133,784       91,816       72,864  
Unearned income:
                                       
 
Franchise financing
    (86,638 )     (56,837 )     (34,494 )     (11,497 )      
 
Domestic leasing
    (23,924 )     (22,038 )     (24,793 )     (32,686 )     (21,570 )
 
Canadian leasing
    (34,497 )     (29,038 )     (19,467 )     (13,548 )     (9,876 )
     
     
     
     
     
 
   
Total
  $ 3,450,440     $ 3,161,054     $ 2,815,276     $ 2,137,822     $ 1,234,922  
     
     
     
     
     
 

      The following table shows our contractual maturity distribution of loans at December 31, 2004. Actual principal payments may differ depending on customer prepayments:

                                     
After One
Within One But Within After
Year Five Years Five Years Total




(Dollars in thousands)
Commercial, financial and agricultural
  $ 736,322     $ 693,360     $ 267,969     $ 1,697,651  
Real estate construction
    192,868       74,690       19,938       287,496  
Real estate mortgage
    42,137       71,423       695,315       808,875  
Consumer
    20,715       8,546       1,905       31,166  
Commercial financing:
                               
 
Franchise financing
    10,445       46,611       186,802       243,858  
 
Domestic leasing
    10,745       138,129       1,237       150,111  
 
Canadian leasing
    11,349       205,401       14,533       231,283  
     
     
     
     
 
   
Total
  $ 1,024,581     $ 1,238,160     $ 1,187,699     $ 3,450,440  
     
     
     
     
 
Loans due after one year with:
                               
 
Fixed interest rates
                          $ 1,060,852  
 
Variable interest rates
                            1,365,007  
                             
 
   
Total
                          $ 2,425,859  
                             
 

32


Table of Contents

Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses

      Changes in the allowance for loan and lease losses are summarized below:

                         
December 31,

2004 2003 2002



(Dollars in thousands)
Balance at beginning of year
  $ 64,285     $ 50,936     $ 22,283  
Provision for loan and lease losses
    14,195       47,583       43,996  
Charge-offs
    (28,180 )     (37,312 )     (18,230 )
Recoveries
    5,335       3,420       2,870  
Reduction due to sale of loans and leases and other
    (627 )     (234 )      
Reduction due to reclassification of loans
    (10,808 )     (690 )      
Foreign currency adjustment
    243       582       17  
     
     
     
 
Balance at end of period
  $ 44,443     $ 64,285     $ 50,936  
     
     
     
 

      The 2004 rollforward of allowance for loan and lease losses above includes the effect of the transfer and sale of portfolio loans at our home equity lending line of business. We transferred $355 million in loans to loans held for sale when the decisions were made to sell these loans from the portfolio. These loans had an associated allowance of $20.6 million. The loans were transferred with an allowance of $10.8 million to reduce their carrying value to fair market value. After the transfers, the remaining $9.8 million of excess allowance was reversed through the provision for loan and lease losses.

Investment Securities

      The following table shows the composition of our investment securities at the dates indicated:

                           
December 31,

2004 2003 2002



(Dollars in thousands)
U.S. Treasury and government obligations
  $ 3,556     $ 20,994     $ 14,992  
Obligations of states and political subdivisions
    3,746       3,960       4,210  
Mortgage-backed securities
    31,556       2,039       1,738  
Other
    69,364       65,532       47,008  
     
     
     
 
 
Total
  $ 108,222     $ 92,525     $ 67,948  
     
     
     
 

33


Table of Contents

      Included within the “other” category is $66 million, $63 million, and $46 million of FHLB and Federal Reserve Bank stock at December 31, 2004, 2003, and 2002, respectively, for which there is no readily determinable market value. The following table shows maturity distribution of our investment securities at December 31, 2004:

                                           
Mortgage-backed
Securities and
After Five FHLB & Federal
Within But Within After Ten Reserve Bank
One Year Ten Years Years Stock Total





(Dollars in thousands)
U.S. Treasury and government obligations
  $     $     $ 3,556     $     $ 3,556  
Obligations of states and political subdivisions
          530       3,216             3,746  
Other
    3,134                         3,134  
     
     
     
     
     
 
 
Total
    3,134       530       6,772             10,436  
Mortgage-backed securities
                            31,556       31,556  
FHLB & Federal Reserve Bank stock
                            66,230       66,230  
     
     
     
     
     
 
    $ 3,134     $ 530     $ 6,772     $ 97,786     $ 108,222  
     
     
     
     
     
 
Weighted Average Yield
                                       
 
Held-to-maturity
          5.18 %     5.17 %     5.30 %        
 
Available-for-sale
    3.98 %           5.36 %     4.64 %        

      Average yield represents the weighted average yield to maturity computed based on average historical cost balances. The yield information on available-for-sale securities does not give effect to changes in fair value that are reflected as a component of shareholders’ equity. Expected maturities will differ from contractual maturities because borrowers may have the right to call or prepay obligations with or without call or prepayment penalties.

 
Deposits

      Total deposits in 2004 averaged $3.4 billion compared to average deposits in 2003 of $3.1 billion, and average deposits in 2002 of $2.4 billion. Demand deposits in 2004 averaged $1.0 billion, unchanged from the 2003 average balance and up 74% on average from 2002. A significant portion of demand deposits is related to deposits at Irwin Union Bank and Trust associated with escrow accounts held on loans in the servicing portfolio at the mortgage banking line of business. During 2004, these escrow accounts averaged $0.7 billion compared to a 2003 average of $0.8 billion, and a 2002 average of $0.4 billion. The decrease in average escrow balances in 2004 relates to the mortgage banking line of business’ decline in refinancing activity. More than offsetting this decrease was an increase in core deposits. Average core deposits at our commercial bank, which exclude jumbo and brokered CDs and public funds, increased to $2.2 billion in 2004 compared to $1.7 billion in 2003.

      Our lines of business utilize institutional broker-sourced deposits as funding from time to time to supplement deposits solicited through branches and other wholesale funding sources. At December 31, 2004, institutional broker-sourced deposits totaled $279.0 million compared to a balance of $339.4 million at December 31, 2003.

34


Table of Contents

      The following table shows maturities of certificates of deposit (CDs) of $100,000 or more, brokered deposits, escrows and core deposits at the dates indicated:

                           
December 31,

2004 2003 2002



(Dollars in thousands)
Under 3 months
  $ 266,200     $ 284,095     $ 241,722  
3 to 6 months
    117,339       60,786       116,119  
6 to 12 months
    91,276       98,746       63,742  
after 12 months
    169,796       252,743       280,287  
     
     
     
 
 
Total CDs
  $ 644,611     $ 696,370     $ 701,870  
     
     
     
 
Brokered deposits
  $ 278,993     $ 339,417     $ 337,431  
     
     
     
 
Mortgage banking escrow deposits
  $ 680,812     $ 566,956     $ 582,626  
     
     
     
 
Commercial banking core deposits
  $ 2,197,671     $ 1,752,758     $ 1,516,812  
     
     
     
 

Short-Term Borrowings

      Short-term borrowings during 2004 averaged $307.9 million compared to an average of $595.2 million in 2003, and $600.8 million in 2002. Short-term borrowings declined to $237.3 million at December 31, 2004 compared to $429.8 million at December 31, 2003. The decrease in short-term borrowings relates primarily to the increased use of deposits to support our asset growth in 2004.

      Federal Home Loan Bank borrowings averaged $185.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2004, with an average rate of 1.69%. The balance at December 31, 2004 was $71.8 million at an interest rate of 3.15%. The maximum outstanding during any month end during 2004 was $536.3 million. At December 31, 2003, Federal Home Loan Bank borrowings averaged $317.2 million, with an average rate of 1.46%. The balance at December 31, 2003 was $286.0 million at an interest rate of 1.34%. The maximum outstanding at any month end during 2003 was $977.0 million.

Collateralized and Other Long-Term Debt

      Collateralized borrowings totaled $547.5 million at December 31, 2004 compared to $590.1 million at December 31, 2003. The bulk of these borrowings have resulted from securitization structures that result in loans remaining as assets and debt being recorded on our balance sheet. This securitization debt represents match-term funding for these loans and leases. The decreased debt relates to the sale of portfolio loans at the home equity lending line of business and on-going run-off of the underlying loan and lease portfolios. This was offset by a new $0.4 billion secured financing transaction completed in 2004. These transactions are discussed in more detail in the “Home Equity Lending” section of this document.

      Other long-term debt totaled $270.2 million at December 31, 2004, unchanged from 2003. We have obligations represented by subordinated debentures totaling $240.1 million with our wholly-owned trusts that were created for the purpose of issuing these securities. The subordinated debentures were the sole assets of the trusts at December 31, 2004. In accordance with FASB Interpretation No. 46 (FIN 46), “Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities” (revised December 2003), at the end of 2003 we deconsolidated the wholly-owned trusts that issued the trust preferred securities. As a result, these securities are no longer consolidated on our balance sheet. Instead, the subordinated debentures held by the trusts are disclosed on the balance sheet as “other long-term debt.” We are evaluating the potential benefits of calling the trust preferred securities issued by IFC Capital Trust II, which become callable (under certain conditions) at par in September 2005.

35


Table of Contents

Capital

      Shareholders’ equity averaged $472.5 million during 2004, up 19% compared to 2003, and up 48% from 2002. Shareholders’ equity balance of $502.6 million at December 31, 2004 represented $17.67 per common share, compared to $15.36 per common share at December 31, 2003, and compared to $12.98 per common share at year-end 2002. We paid an aggregate of $9.1 million in dividends during 2004, compared to $7.8 million during 2003 and $7.5 million during 2002.

      The following table sets forth our capital and capital ratios at the dates indicated:

                             
December 31,

2004 2003 2002



(Dollars in thousands)
Tier 1 capital
  $ 641,079     $ 556,793     $ 462,064  
Tier 2 capital
    141,866       183,738       196,092  
     
     
     
 
   
Total risk-based capital
  $ 782,945     $ 740,531     $ 658,156  
     
     
     
 
Risk-weighted assets
  $ 4,930,684     $ 4,917,622     $ 4,996,891  
Risk-based ratios:
                       
 
Tier 1 capital
    13.0 %     11.4 %     9.3 %
 
Total capital
    15.9       15.1       13.2  
 
Tier 1 leverage ratio
    11.6       11.2       9.7  
Ending shareholders’ equity to assets
    9.6       8.7       7.4  
Average shareholders’ equity to assets
    9.0       7.6       8.0  

      At December 31, 2004, our total risk-based capital ratio was 15.9%, exceeding our internal minimum target of 11.0%. At December 31, 2003 and 2002, our total risk-based capital ratio was 15.1% and 13.2%, respectively. Our ending equity to assets ratio at December 31, 2004 was 9.6% compared to 8.7% at December 31, 2003. However, as previously discussed, temporary conditions that existed at year end make the average balance sheet ratio a more accurate measure of capital. Our average equity to assets for the year ended December 31, 2004 was 9.0% compared to 7.6% for the year 2003. Our Tier 1 capital totaled $641.1 million as of December 31, 2004, or 13.0% of risk-weighted assets. For an explanation of capital requirements and categories applicable to financial institutions, see the discussion in this Report under the subsection “Other Safety and Soundness Regulations” in Part 1, “Business,” “Supervision and Regulation.”

      We have issued $233.0 million in trust preferred securities through five IFC Capital Trusts and one IFC Statutory Trust as of December 31, 2004. All securities are callable at par after five years. These funds are all Tier 1 qualifying capital under current regulatory guidance. The sole assets of these trusts are our subordinated debentures. See further discussion in the “Collateralized and Other Long-Term Debt” section above. As of

36


Table of Contents

December 31, 2003, we no longer consolidated these trusts in our consolidated financial statements. Highlights about these trusts are listed below:
                                             
Interest Rate
at
Origination December 31, Maturity $ Amount in
Name Date 2004 Date Thousands Dividend Other







IFC Capital Trust II
    Nov 2000       10.50 %     Sep 2030     $ 51,750       quarterly      
IFC Capital Trust III
    Nov 2000       8.75       Sep 2030       51,707       quarterly     Initial conversion ratio of 1.261 shares of common stock to 1 convertible preferred security, currently callable at 10% premium
IFC Capital Trust IV
    Jul 2001       10.25       Jul 2031       15,000       semiannual      
IFC Capital Trust V
    Nov 2001       9.95       Nov 2031       30,000       semiannual      
IFC Capital Trust VI
    Oct 2002       8.70       Sep 2032       34,500       quarterly      
IFC Statutory Trust VII
    Nov 2003       5.46       Nov 2033       50,000       quarterly     Rate changes quarterly at three month LIBOR plus 290 basis points
                             
             
                            $ 232,957              
                             
             

      In July 1999, we raised $30 million of 7.58%, 15-year subordinated debt that is callable in 2009 at par. The debt was privately placed. These funds qualify as Tier 2 capital. The securities are not convertible into our common shares.

      In connection with our stock option plans, we repurchased 13 thousand common shares in 2004 with a market value of $0.4 million. In 2003, we repurchased 171 thousand shares with a market value of $4.2 million.

      In order to maintain product price competitiveness with other national banks, we allocate capital to our subsidiaries in a manner which reflects their relative riskiness and as if they were stand-alone businesses. The allocated amount of capital varies according to the risk characteristics of the individual business segments and the products they offer. Capital is allocated separately based on the following types of risk: credit, interest rate (market) and operational. We adjust this allocation, as necessary, to assure that we meet regulatory and internal policy standards for minimum capitalization. We utilize internal risk measurement models, calibrated with a public-domain model from a nationally recognized rating agency, and capital requirements from our banking regulators to arrive at the capitalization required by line of business. We re-allocate capital to subsidiaries on a quarterly basis based on their risk and growth plans.

Inflation

      Since substantially all of our assets and liabilities are monetary in nature, such as cash, securities, loans and deposits, their values are less sensitive to the effects of inflation than to changes in interest rates. We attempt to control the impact of interest rate fluctuations by managing the relationship between interest rate sensitive assets and liabilities and by hedging certain interest sensitive assets with financial derivatives or forward commitments.

Cash Flow Analysis

      Our cash and cash equivalents decreased $43.7 million in 2004 compared to decreases of $17.0 million during 2003 and $0.5 million in 2002. Cash flows from operating activities provided $15.6 million in cash and cash equivalents in 2004 compared to $596.9 million in 2003. Changes in loans held for sale impact cash flows from operations. In a period in which loan sales exceed production such as we experienced in 2003, operating

37


Table of Contents

cash flows will increase. In 2003, our loans held for sale decreased $431 million, thus increasing the cash provided by operating activities. In 2004, our loans held for sale balance was relatively unchanged.

Earnings Outlook

      We do not provide quantitative earnings guidance, as we do not believe it to be in the best interest of our long-term stakeholders. However, as discussed before, our strategy is to seek opportunities for credit-worthy, profitable growth by serving niche markets and balancing the impact of changes in interest rates and economic conditions on our mortgage banking production with investments in mortgage servicing and in our credit retained portfolios. These investments will typically respond in an opposite and complementary manner. We expect a substantial proportion of 2005 earnings to come from net interest income derived from our credit portfolios in commercial banking, home equity lending and commercial finance lines of business. We expect segment growth and earnings to be more proportionate to our balance sheet exposures, rather than the disproportionate contribution provided by the mortgage segment during 2002 and 2003. Currently, market conditions for our mortgage banking segment are very difficult. Origination margins are significantly below our long-term expectations and we are not seeing increases in the value of our servicing portfolio as we would typically expect when mortgage origination revenues are declining

      A meaningful amount of our earnings comes from activities and mark-to-market accounting requirements tied directly or indirectly to capital market activities. For example, the valuation of our mortgage servicing portfolio is impacted by movements in the bond market. The impact of short-term movements in interest rates on the valuation of our mortgage servicing rights is mitigated by a combination of financial derivatives and changes in income from production of new mortgages likely to be driven by those same movements in interest rates. However, the correlation within short periods of time (such as a single quarter) between interest rate movements that impact the reported value of our mortgage servicing rights at quarter end and the production effects of those interest rate movements — which may not be reflected until subsequent quarters — can be low. In addition, accounting principles generally accepted in the U.S. (GAAP) impose a lower-of-cost-or-market valuation cap on the value of our servicing asset, while we know of no financial derivatives available in the secondary market with similarly asymmetric value change characteristics. This anomaly in accounting for mortgage servicing assets makes it difficult at times to construct economic hedges with the desired GAAP accounting outcome, although the economic balance may still exist.

      We are subject to basis risk in the management of our servicing portfolio. Currently, the basis risk is moving in a manner opposite to historic patterns, negatively affecting management of these assets. As discussed in more detail in the section of this report on “Interest Rate Risk,” we have approximately $1.6 million of mortgage servicing rights at risk to each one basis point change in interest rates. We typically counter-act this risk with the use of derivatives with a similar basis point value. Over time, this hedge has performed well in mitigating loss in value when interest rates have declined and has been structured in such a manner so that we can recapture some of the increase in value of servicing rights as rates rise, without losing an equal amount on our derivatives. Over the past six months, however, basis risk in our servicing asset and derivative position has caused our hedging position to be less effective than it has been historically as recent declines in mortgage rates has not been matched with equal declines in swap rates.

      Finally, while basis risk exhibits stability over longer periods of time, over shorter periods there can be separation in the relative spreads of interest rates and indices used to value mortgage servicing rights and the financial derivatives we use to hedge the change in value in mortgage servicing rights. At times this basis risk benefits us and at other times it does not. It is generally not possible to eliminate this basis risk. It is possible, therefore, that our balanced revenue strategy may be successful as measured over several quarters or years, but may have market-based variances if measured over short periods such as quarters.

      As a result, assuming these conditions persist through quarter end, we expect our revenues and thus net income will be lower in the first quarter of 2005 than in the fourth quarter. However, we believe we are in a transitory period for mortgage banking and, in light of the good growth we have had in our credit portfolios in 2004, we expect net income for the full year of 2005 to return to levels commensurate with our historic

38


Table of Contents

performance. These estimates are based on various factors and current assumptions management believes are reasonable, including current industry forecasts of a variety of economic and competitive factors. However, projections are inherently uncertain, and our actual earnings may differ significantly from this estimate due to uncertainties and risks related to our business such as fluctuations in interest rates and other factors mentioned above in the “About Forward-Looking Statements” section. Over periods of normal economic cycles we strive to meet or exceed our long-term targets of double-digit growth in earnings per share and a return on equity above our cost of capital.

      We also have a large amount of income that is subject to assumptions and pricing for credit risks. We use a variety of methods for estimating the effects of and accounting for credit losses and interest rate changes, but ultimately, we need to make estimates based on imperfect knowledge of future events, which may cause actual results to differ materially from our expectations. For example, if the pace of economic growth in the U.S. is slower in 2005 than currently anticipated by consensus estimates, our credit related costs may increase beyond our current estimates. While a substantial portion of mortgage banking revenues are derived from loan origination activities, we have taken steps over the past year, more rapidly in the past six months, to reduce the number of branches in our system that are not achieving our desired return targets. This, by definition, lowers our revenues and in many cases, contribution to fixed or semi-fixed costs, but we believe it is the appropriate tactic over the long-term as a response to rising interest rates. We have continued these office-closing activities in the first quarter of 2005, principally in our retail channel that has historically had the lowest margins in rising interest rate environments. Where possible, we have attempted to transfer office lease obligations to acquirors. This is typically done for nominal consideration.

Summary of Quarterly Financial Information

                                     
2004

Fourth Third Second First
Quarter Quarter Quarter Quarter




(In thousands)
Summary Income Information
                               
 
Interest income
  $ 89,439     $ 89,965     $ 85,096     $ 79,803  
 
Interest expense
    (26,480 )     (24,305 )     (20,840 )     (20,600 )
 
Provision for loan and lease losses
    (2,357 )     (1,898 )     (1,794 )     (8,146 )
 
Non-interest income
    60,653       67,935       76,008       82,454  
 
Non-interest expense
    (96,550 )     (102,492 )     (107,757 )     (100,436 )
 
Income taxes
    (10,280 )     (12,011 )     (12,769 )     (12,734 )
     
     
     
     
 
 
Net income
  $ 14,425     $ 17,194     $ 17,944     $ 20,341  
     
     
     
     
 
 
Earnings per share of common stock:
                               
   
Basic(1)
  $ 0.51     $ 0.61     $ 0.64     $ 0.72  
   
Diluted(1)
    0.48       0.57       0.60       0.67  

39


Table of Contents

                                     
2003

Fourth Third Second First
Quarter Quarter Quarter Quarter




(In thousands)
Summary Income Information
                               
 
Interest income
  $ 84,372     $ 98,880     $ 98,851     $ 88,882  
 
Interest expense
    (24,472 )     (23,247 )     (26,890 )     (24,490 )
 
Provision for loan and lease losses
    (9,928 )     (14,778 )     (13,634 )     (9,243 )
 
Non-interest income
    80,407       105,024       74,269       69,599  
 
Non-interest expense
    (103,603 )     (114,767 )     (111,230 )     (105,600 )
 
Income taxes
    (10,080 )     (19,994 )     (8,139 )     (7,372 )
     
     
     
     
 
 
Net income
  $ 16,696     $ 31,118     $ 13,227     $ 11,776  
     
     
     
     
 
 
Earnings per share of common stock:
                               
   
Basic(1)
  $ 0.60     $ 1.11     $ 0.47     $ 0.42  
   
Diluted(1)
    0.56       1.03       0.45       0.41  


(1)  Our quarterly earnings per share are based on actual quarterly data and may not add up exactly to year-to-date earnings per share due to rounding.

Earnings by Line of Business

      Irwin Financial Corporation is composed of five principal lines of business:

  •  Mortgage Banking
 
  •  Commercial Banking
 
  •  Home Equity Lending
 
  •  Commercial Finance
 
  •  Venture Capital

      The following table summarizes our net income (loss) by line of business for the periods indicated:

                           
Year Ended December 31,

2004 2003 2002



(Dollars in thousands)
Net income (loss):
                       
 
Mortgage Banking
  $ 20,266     $ 78,100     $ 44,543  
 
Commercial Banking
    23,424       22,477       16,085  
 
Home Equity Lending
    30,180       (19,890 )     1,005  
 
Commercial Finance
    3,217       1,793       (58 )
 
Venture Capital
    (397 )     (1,708 )     (2,483 )
 
Other (including consolidating entries)
    (6,786 )     (7,955 )     (5,764 )
     
     
     
 
    $ 69,904     $ 72,817     $ 53,328  
     
     
     
 

40


Table of Contents

Mortgage Banking

      The following table shows selected financial information for our mortgage banking line of business:

                                             
Year Ended December 31,

2004 2003 2002 2001 2000





(Dollars in thousands)
Selected Income Statement Data:
                                       
Net interest income
  $ 40,825     $ 72,311     $ 41,545     $ 30,261     $ 15,401  
Recovery of (provision for) loan losses
    278       (664 )     (354 )     31       357  
Noninterest income
    197,971       326,000       207,177       185,251       118,293  
     
     
     
     
     
 
   
Total net revenue
    239,074       397,647       248,368       215,543       134,051  
Operating expense
    (204,205 )     (267,880 )     (175,277 )     (153,706 )     (112,506 )
     
     
     
     
     
 
Income before taxes
    34,869       129,767       73,091       61,837       21,545  
Income taxes
    (14,603 )     (51,667 )     (28,548 )     (23,912 )     (8,539 )
     
     
     
     
     
 
Net income before cumulative effect of change in accounting principle
    20,266       78,100       44,543       37,925       13,006  
Cumulative effect of change in accounting principle
                      175        
     
     
     
     
     
 
Net income
  $ 20,266     $ 78,100     $ 44,543     $ 38,100     $ 13,006  
     
     
     
     
     
 
Selected Balance Sheet Data at End of Period:
                                       
 
Total assets
  $ 1,238,136     $ 1,258,641     $ 1,631,406     $ 926,946     $ 522,349  
 
Mortgage loans held for sale
    662,832       679,360       1,239,309       502,086       249,580  
 
Mortgage servicing assets
    319,225       348,174       146,398       211,201       121,555  
 
Deposits
    680,812       567,047       581,425       360,523       158,416  
 
Short-term borrowing
    133,150       214,877       809,921       385,640       215,826  
 
Shareholder’s equity
    123,265       122,671       100,069       63,150       47,828  
Selected Operating Data:
                                       
 
Mortgage loan originations
  $ 13,093,082     $ 22,669,246     $ 11,411,875     $ 9,225,991     $ 4,091,573  
 
Servicing portfolio:
                                       
 
Balance at end of period
    26,196,627       29,640,122       16,792,669       12,875,532       9,196,513  
   
Weighted average coupon rate
    5.75 %     5.83 %     6.59 %     7.23 %     7.76 %
   
Weighted average servicing fee
    0.35       0.33       0.37       0.45       0.43  
 
Servicing sold as a % of originations
    74.2       6.2       31.1       29.9       108.0  

Overview

      In our mortgage banking line of business, we originate, purchase, sell and service conventional and government agency-backed residential mortgage loans throughout the United States. We also engage in the business of mortgage reinsurance. Because most of our mortgage originations either are insured by an agency of the federal government, such as the Federal Housing Administration (FHA) or the Veterans Administration (VA), or, in the case of conventional mortgages, meet requirements for sale to the Federal National Mortgage Association (FNMA), the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (FHLMC) or the Federal Home Loan Bank (FHLB), we are able to remove substantially all of the credit risk associated with these loans from our balance sheet. While we securitize and sell mortgage loans to institutional and private investors, we may choose to retain the servicing rights. Loan origination demand and servicing values normally react in opposite directions to changes in interest rates, as explained below. We believe this balance between mortgage loan originations and mortgage loan servicing values assists in managing the risk from interest rate changes, which has helped stabilize our revenue stream.

      Our channels for originating loans consist primarily of retail, wholesale, and correspondent lending. The retail channel originates loans through retail branches and identifies potential borrowers mainly through relationships maintained with housing intermediaries, such as realtors, homebuilders and brokers. Our

41


Table of Contents

wholesale and correspondent divisions purchase loans from third party sources. The wholesale division purchases primarily from mortgage loan brokers and issues loan proceeds directly to the borrower. The correspondent lending division purchases closed mortgage loans primarily from small mortgage banks and retail banks. We fund our mortgage loan originations using internal funding sources and through credit facilities provided by third parties. Generally within a 30-day period after funding, we sell our mortgage loan originations into the secondary mortgage market either by direct loan sales or by securitization. Our secondary market sources include government-sponsored mortgage entities, nationally sponsored mortgage conduits, and institutional and private investors.

      We believe there is a balance between mortgage loan originations and mortgage loan servicing that assists in managing the risk from interest rate changes and the impact of rate changes on each part of the business. In rising interest rate environments, originations typically decline, while the value of our mortgage servicing portfolio generally increases as prepayment expectations decline. In declining interest rate environments, servicing values typically decrease as prepayment expectations increase, while the economic value of our mortgage production franchise generally increases due to the potential for greater mortgage loan originations. However, the offsetting impact of changes in production income and servicing values may not always be recognized in the same quarter under generally accepted accounting principles. The timing difference is due to the application of lower-of-cost-or-market treatment under generally accepted accounting principles to the mortgage servicing asset, with no accounting equivalent for the production franchise. As a result, we sometimes experience greater volatility in short-term results than is apparent in longer-term measurements such as annual income.

      Our strategy of balancing exposure to mortgage originations and mortgage servicing is challenged in a period of flat or mildly declining interest rates (particularly in a period after significant refinance activity has subsided). Periods such as these are characterized by excess industry origination capacity and too little volume relative to fixed expenses, coupled with no meaningful increases in servicing values. These conditions have existed since the summer of 2004. As such, our mortgage segment results are likely to continue to be depressed until these conditions change.

      We sell servicing rights periodically for many reasons, including income recognition, cash flow, capital management and servicing portfolio management. Servicing rights sales occur at the time the underlying loans are sold to an investor (in flow sales) or in pools from our seasoned servicing portfolio (in bulk sales). As interest rates fluctuated in 2004, we chose to sell the servicing asset associated with a relatively higher percentage of our current originations due to the changed interest rate risk and expected total return profile of owning servicing on loans with current interest rates as well as to mitigate the growth of servicing assets as a percentage of our consolidated balance sheet. This differs from our actions over the past several years of adding to the portfolio as rates reached historic lows.

Strategy

      Our mortgage banking line of business focuses primarily on first-time homeowners, who we believe will increase in number in coming years due to certain national demographic trends that are favorable to housing formation in our target markets. The mortgage banking business is cyclical, following changes in interest rates. In our mortgage banking line of business we do not try to anticipate the timing of changes in interest rates, but instead we have developed a strategy intended to maintain profitability across interest rate cycles. Our strategy has three components:

  •  We manage our loan production activities through the expansion or contraction of existing channels in geographic markets and demographic groups that support our strategy and by serving intermediaries (such as some brokers, correspondents and credit unions) that value our mortgage bank’s service-oriented approach to lending.
 
  •  We focus on increasing profit margins by reducing fixed costs associated with the mortgage cycle. This initiative includes redesigning our work flow as to how we process, underwrite, and close loans.

42


Table of Contents

  •  We are more likely to retain servicing rights in periods of declining interest rates and more likely to sell these servicing rights during periods of increasing interest rates. This strategy gives us the flexibility to invest in servicing rights during periods of relatively high production when servicing values tend to decrease and sell the servicing during periods of lower production when servicing values tend to increase.

Net Income

      Net income from mortgage banking for the year ended December 31, 2004 was $20.3 million, compared to $78.1 million during 2003, a decrease of 74% and a decrease of 55% from 2002 results of $44.5 million. This net income decrease in 2004 primarily relates to a decline in mortgage originations due to generally rising interest rates, compressed interest margins and reduced valuation recoveries on mortgage servicing rights. The increased earnings in 2003 were primarily related to increased production as a result of a declining interest rate environment in 2003 relative to 2002.

      The following table shows the composition of our originations by loan categories for the periods indicated:

                         
Year Ended December 31,

2004 2003 2002



(Dollars in thousands)
Total originations
  $ 13,093,082     $ 22,669,246     $ 11,411,875  
Percent retail loans
    20 %     26 %     34 %
Percent wholesale loans
    34       42       59  
Percent correspondent
    35       28       1  
Percent brokered(1)
    11       4       6  
Percent refinances
    52       67       61  


(1)  Brokered loans are loans we originate for which we receive loan origination fees, but which are funded, closed and owned by unrelated third parties.

      Mortgage loan originations for the year ended December 31, 2004 totaled $13.1 billion, down 42% from the same period in 2003. While 2004 was a strong production year, rates were not low enough to stimulate refinance demand similar to 2003. Refinanced loans accounted for 52% of loan production for 2004 compared to 67% in 2003 and 61% in 2002.

43


Table of Contents

Net Revenue

      Mortgage banking net revenue for the year ended December 31, 2004 totaled $239.1 million, compared to $397.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2003, and $248.4 million in 2002. The following table sets forth certain information regarding net revenue for the periods indicated:

                             
Year Ended December 31,

2004 2003 2002



(Dollars in thousands)
Selected Income Statement Data:
                       
 
Net interest income
  $ 40,825     $ 72,311     $ 41,545  
 
Recovery of (provision for) loan losses
    278       (664 )     (354 )
 
Gain on sales of loans
    151,172       327,864       200,204  
 
Servicing fees
    104,500       83,124       58,316  
 
Amortization expense
    (95,721 )     (118,920 )     (55,097 )
 
Recovery (impairment) of servicing assets
    (4,204 )     45,456       (143,376 )
 
Gain (loss) on derivatives
    18,889       (21,307 )     125,586  
 
Gain (loss) on sales of servicing assets
    16,681       (305 )     14,842  
 
Other income
    6,654       10,088       6,702  
     
     
     
 
   
Total net revenue
  $ 239,074     $ 397,647     $ 248,368  
     
     
     
 

      Net interest income is generated from the interest earned on mortgage loans before they are sold to investors, less the interest expense incurred on borrowings to fund the loans. Net interest income in 2004 decreased 44% to $40.8 million, compared to $72.3 million in 2003, and $41.5 million in 2002. The decrease in net interest income in 2004 is a result of decreased production resulting in a lower average balance of mortgage loans held for sale on our balance sheet during the year. The increase in net interest income in 2003 is a result of increased production related to the favorable interest rate environment in that year.

      Gain on sale of loans includes net revenues from three principal sources:

  •  the valuation of newly-created mortgage servicing rights;
  •  net loan origination fees which are recognized when loans are pooled and sold into the secondary mortgage market; and,
  •  changes in fair value of forward contracts and interest rate lock commitments.

      Gain on sale of loans for the year ended 2004 totaled $151.2 million, compared to $327.9 million and $200.2 million in 2003 and 2002, a decrease of 54% and 24%, respectively. This decrease is attributable to decreased originations and reduced secondary market margins as a result of the increasing interest rate environment that began in the latter half of 2003 and subsequent intensified price competition. The increase in 2003 is a result of increased originations and secondary market activity during that year as a result of the favorable interest rate environment.

      While a substantial portion of mortgage banking revenues are derived from loan origination activities, we have taken steps over the past year, more rapidly in the past six months, to reduce the number of branches in our system that are not achieving our desired return targets. This, by definition, lowers our revenues and in many cases, lowers the contribution to fixed or semi-fixed costs, but we believe it is the appropriate tactic over the long-term as a response to rising interest rates. We have continued these office-closing activities in the first quarter of 2005, principally in our retail channel that has historically had the lowest margins in rising interest rate environments. Where possible, we have attempted to transfer office lease obligations to acquirors. This is typically done for nominal consideration.

      Servicing fee income is recognized by collecting fees, which normally range between 25 and 44 basis points annually on the principal amount of the underlying mortgages. Servicing fee income totaled $104.5 million for the year of 2004, an increase of 26% from 2003 and an increase of 79% from 2002, primarily reflecting the growth in the servicing portfolio over the last two years.

44


Table of Contents

      Amortization expense relates to mortgage servicing rights and is based on the proportion of current net servicing cash flows to the total expected for the estimated lives of the underlying loans. Amortization expense totaled $95.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2004, compared to $118.9 million during 2003 and $55.1 million during 2002. The decrease in amortization expense in 2004 compared to 2003 relates in part to an other-than-temporary impairment adjustment of $7.0 million taken in the first quarter of 2004 and $38.5 million taken in the fourth quarter of 2003 to reflect our view that the originally recorded value of certain servicing rights, net of amortization, and subsequent impairment associated with those rights is unlikely to be recovered in market value. There was no related direct impact on net income as this other than temporary impairment affected only balance sheet accounts. However, the adjustment has resulted in a reduction of amortization expense. Amortization expense in 2004 has also decreased as a result of an increase in the expected servicing life and cash flows caused by higher interest rates.

      Impairment expense is recorded when the book value of the mortgage servicing rights exceeds the fair market value on a strata by strata basis. We determined fair value at December 31, 2004, through the use of independent valuations, valuation comparisons to actual servicing sale proceeds, and internal models. Impairment expense totaled $4.2 million during 2004, compared to impairment recovery of $45.5 million during 2003 and impairment expense of $143.4 million in 2002. The fluctuations in impairment expense are attributable to changes in actual and expected prepayment speeds due to interest rate changes. At December 31, 2004, the mortgage line of business held $10 billion notional amount in interest rate swaptions to manage the risk of our servicing assets. Notional amounts do not represent the amount of risk. The current risk management activities of the mortgage bank related to servicing assets do not satisfy the criteria for “hedge accounting” under SFAS 133. As a result, these derivatives are accounted for as “other assets” and “other liabilities,” and changes in fair value are adjusted through earnings as “derivative gains (losses),” while the underlying servicing asset is accounted for on a strata-by-strata basis at the lower of cost or market. The impairment expense recorded in 2004 was more than offset by derivative gains of $18.9 million. We recorded derivative losses of $21.3 million during 2003 and derivative gains of $125.6 million were recorded during 2002. See the discussion of “Derivative Financial Instruments” in our Risk Management section for additional information on our risk management activities.

      Since the second quarter of 2004, the interest rate differential between the mortgages underlying our servicing asset and the interest rate swap curve underlying the derivatives we use to hedge the fluctuation in value of our servicing rights has moved in a manner counter to traditional movements during declining rate periods. For example, as of May 31, 2004, the spread between these two rates was 0.99%. As of March 7, 2005, mortgage interest rates have declined 0.68% since May 2004, and the spread between the mortgage and swap rates has compressed to 0.50%. Traditionally, in falling rate environments, the spread between these rates increases. The compression between these rates has rendered our servicing hedge significantly less effective than we would want. Over time, should mortgage rates remain at or near low current levels we would anticipate an increase in mortgage production. Alternatively, if rates rise or spreads return to more normal patterns, we would anticipate recapturing a meaningful amount of the impairment. Nonetheless, in the short-term, should these mortgage swap relationships not revert to historic patterns prior to the end of the first quarter, we may experience material impairment for the quarter, with a resulting negative effect on consolidated net income for the period.

      Our mortgage banking business maintains the flexibility either to sell servicing for current cash flow or to retain servicing for future cash flow through the retention of ongoing servicing fees. Total servicing sales represented 74% of loan originations in 2004, compared to 6% in 2003, and 31% in 2002. The decision to sell or retain servicing is based on current market conditions for servicing assets, loan origination levels and production expenses, servicing portfolio management considerations, consolidated capital constraints and the general level of risk tolerance of the mortgage banking line of business and the Corporation. We sold $8.3 billion of servicing in 2004, generating $16.7 million in pre-tax gains. This compares to servicing sales of $0.6 billion in 2003, producing a $0.3 million pre-tax loss. In 2002, servicing sales totaled $2.9 billion producing a $14.8 million pre-tax gain. Over the past few years, we have built our servicing portfolio in anticipation of rising interest rates that would result in lower mortgage loan production. We sold servicing in 2004 to manage the size and composition of our investment in mortgage servicing assets.

45


Table of Contents

Operating Expenses

      The following table sets forth operating expenses for our mortgage banking line of business for the periods indicated:

                           
Year Ended December 31,

2004 2003 2002



(Dollars in thousands)
Salaries and employee benefits
  $ 77,209     $ 81,589     $ 61,418  
Incentive and commission pay
    41,230       79,956       47,137  
Other expenses
    85,766       106,335       66,722  
     
     
     
 
 
Total operating expenses
  $ 204,205     $ 267,880     $ 175,277  
     
     
     
 
Number of employees at period end(1)
    1,675       2,175       1,858  


(1)  On a full time equivalent basis.

      Operating expenses for the year ended December 31, 2004 totaled $204.2 million, a 24% decrease over the year 2003, and a 17% increase over 2002. Salaries and employee benefits including incentive and commission pay decreased 27% in 2004 over 2003 and increased 9% over 2002. These decreases in operating expenses reflect significant decreases in production activities in 2004 versus 2003. However, the relative decreases in operating expenses are less than the relative decreases in production due to the fixed and semi-variable nature of certain operating expenses and the impact of investments in various process improvement initiatives.

Mortgage Servicing

      The following table shows information about our managed mortgage servicing portfolio, including mortgage loans held for sale, for the periods indicated:

                           
Year Ended December 31,

2004 2003 2002



(Portfolio in billions)
Beginning servicing portfolio
  $ 29.6     $ 16.8     $ 12.9  
 
Mortgage loan closings(1)
    11.7       21.9       10.8  
 
Sales(1)
    (8.3 )     (0.6 )     (2.9 )
 
Run-off(2)
    (6.8 )     (8.5 )     (4.0 )
     
     
     
 
Ending servicing portfolio
  $ 26.2     $ 29.6     $ 16.8  
     
     
     
 
Number of loans (end of period)
    205,463       229,983       137,738  
Average loan size
  $ 127,500     $ 128,880     $ 121,917  
Weighted average coupon
    5.75 %     5.83 %     6.59 %
Percent Government National Mortgage Association (GNMA) and state housing programs
    30       26       37  
Percent conventional and other
    70       74       63  
Delinquency ratio
    4.6       4.6       5.3  
Mortgage servicing assets to related servicing portfolio (3)
    1.20       1.19       0.88  


(1)  Excludes brokered loans that are closed, funded and owned by unrelated third parties.
 
(2)  Run-off is primarily the reduction in principal balance of the servicing portfolio due to regular principal payments made by mortgagees and early repayments of entire loans.
 
(3)  For this calculation, deferred service release premiums on warehouse loans are excluded from mortgage servicing assets and loans held for sale (i.e. warehouse loans) are excluded from the servicing portfolio.

      Our mortgage servicing portfolio, including mortgage loans held for sale, totaled $26.2 billion at December 31, 2004, a 12% decrease from the December 31, 2003 balance of $29.6 billion, and a 56% increase

46


Table of Contents

from the same date in 2002. The decrease in 2004 relates primarily to bulk servicing sales and the decision to sell a relatively high proportion of the servicing rights created by new production (“flow sales” where the servicing is sold at the same time the underlying mortgage is sold into the secondary market). In 2003 we had minimal servicing sales and sold a lower proportion of originated servicing rights as we built our servicing portfolio in anticipation of rising interest rates that would result in lower mortgage loan production.

      We record originated mortgage servicing assets at allocated cost basis when the loans are sold and record purchased servicing assets at fair value. Thereafter, servicing rights are accounted for at the lower of their cost or fair value. We record a valuation allowance for any impairment on a disaggregated basis. We determine fair value on a monthly basis based on a discounted cash flow analysis. These cash flows are projected over the life of the servicing using prepayment, default, discount rate and cost to service assumptions that we believe market participants would use to value similar assets. We then assess these modeled assumptions for reasonableness through independent third-party valuations, periodic servicing asset sales and through the use of industry surveys. At December 31, 2004, we estimated the fair value of these assets to be $320.7 million in the aggregate, or $1.5 million greater than the carrying value on the balance sheet. At December 31, 2003, we estimated the fair value of these assets to be $358.9 million in the aggregate, or $10.7 million greater than the carrying value on the balance sheet. The difference between carrying value and market value is the result of a cap under generally accepted accounting principles at the lower of cost or market for these assets.

47


Table of Contents

Commercial Banking

      The following table shows selected financial information for our commercial banking line of business:

                                             
Year Ended December 31,

2004 2003 2002 2001 2000





(Dollars in thousands)
Selected Income Statement Data:
                                       
 
Interest income
  $ 127,029     $ 112,679     $ 110,107     $ 104,514     $ 82,680  
 
Interest expense
    (37,412 )     (33,663 )     (40,253 )     (53,515 )     (44,268 )
     
     
     
     
     
 
   
Net interest income
    89,617       79,016       69,854       50,999       38,412  
 
Provision for loan and lease losses
    (3,307 )     (5,913 )     (9,812 )     (7,900 )     (2,933 )
 
Other income
    18,316       21,070       16,081       14,981       12,006  
     
     
     
     
     
 
   
Total net revenue
    104,626       94,173       76,123       58,080       47,485  
 
Operating expense
    (65,450 )     (56,699 )     (50,029 )     (43,482 )     (35,805 )
     
     
     
     
     
 
   
Income before taxes
    39,176       37,474       26,094       14,598       11,680  
 
Income taxes
    (15,752 )     (14,997 )     (10,009 )     (5,680 )     (4,590 )
     
     
     
     
     
 
   
Net income
  $ 23,424     $ 22,477     $ 16,085     $ 8,918     $ 7,090  
     
     
     
     
     
 
Selected Balance Sheet Data at End of Period:
                                       
 
Assets
  $ 2,622,877     $ 2,203,965     $ 1,969,956     $ 1,648,294     $ 1,167,559  
 
Securities and short-term investments
    327,664 (1)     107,668       44,433       43,278       27,287  
 
Loans and leases
    2,223,474       1,988,633       1,823,304       1,514,957       1,067,980  
 
Allowance for loan and lease losses
    (22,230 )     (22,055 )     (20,725 )     (14,644 )     (9,228 )
 
Deposits
    2,390,839       1,964,274       1,733,864       1,456,376       998,855  
 
Shareholder’s equity
    143,580       162,050       154,423       129,179       68,539  
Daily Averages:
                                       
 
Assets
  $ 2,476,835     $ 2,119,944     $ 1,802,896     $ 1,402,589     $ 956,744  
 
Loans and leases
    2,094,190       1,914,608       1,693,426       1,276,003       879,875  
 
Allowance for loan and lease losses
    (22,304 )     (21,895 )     (17,823 )     (11,038 )     (8,133 )
 
Deposits
    2,258,538       1,894,406       1,583,926       1,253,725       851,386  
 
Shareholder’s equity
    147,759       147,886       140,249       85,312       57,214  
 
Shareholder’s equity to assets
    5.97 %     6.98 %     7.78 %     6.08 %     5.98 %


(1)  Includes $293 million of inter-company investments, the result of excess liquidity at the commercial banking line of business related to deposit growth in excess of its asset deployment needs. The funds have been redeployed in earning assets at our other lines of business.

Overview

      Our commercial banking line of business focuses on providing credit, cash management and personal banking products to small businesses and business owners. We offer commercial banking services through our banking subsidiaries, Irwin Union Bank and Trust, an Indiana state-chartered commercial bank, and Irwin Union Bank, F.S.B., a federal savings bank.

Strategy

      Our strategy is to provide superior service to our existing small business customers and to expand those services into selected new markets. We target metropolitan markets with strong economies where we believe

48


Table of Contents

recent bank consolidation has negatively impacted customers. We believe this consolidation has led to disenchantment with the delivery of financial services to the small business community among the owners of those small businesses and the senior banking officers who had been providing services to them. In markets that management identifies as attractive opportunities, the bank seeks to hire senior commercial loan officers and cash management personnel who have strong local ties and who can focus on providing personalized services to small businesses in that market. Having integrated into our operations the new markets we opened in the late 1990s, we are once again looking at market expansion opportunities. Our strategy is to expand in markets that satisfy the following criteria:

  •  the market is a metropolitan area with attractive business demographics and diversification displaying evidence of sustainable growth;
 
  •  recent banking merger and acquisition activity has occurred in the market and management believes that the acquiror is viewed by customers as an outsider and/or not responsive to local small business needs; and
 
  •  we are able to attract experienced, senior banking staff to manage the new market.

      In 2004, we opened new banking offices in Milwaukee and Sacramento. These offices contributed an immaterial amount to revenues and expenses in 2004.

      We expect consolidation to continue in the banking and financial services industry and plan to capitalize on the opportunities brought about in this environment by continuing the bank’s growth strategy for small business banking in new markets throughout the United States. Our focus will be to provide personalized banking services to small businesses, using experienced staff with a strong presence in cities affected by the industry-wide consolidations. In addition to its market expansion, our commercial bank continues to develop its banking, insurance, and investment products to provide a full range of financial services to its small business customers.

      On average, we anticipate our de novo banking offices will break even approximately 18 months after they are opened, and we estimate that a banking office will achieve targeted levels of profitability in approximately five years in an average market. Some markets will experience growth and profitability at greater or lesser rates than we currently expect because of many factors, including execution of our strategy, accuracy in assessing market potential, and success in recruiting senior lenders, cash management officers, and other staff. Over time, we may choose to leave certain markets if these factors limit profitability. Our expansion into new markets is subject to regulatory approval.

      The following tables show the geographic composition of our commercial banking loans and our core deposits:

49


Table of Contents

                                                   
December 31,

2004 2003 2002



Loans Percent Loans Percent Loans Percent
Outstanding of Total Outstanding of Total Outstanding of Total






(Dollars in thousands)
Southern Indiana
  $ 456,672       20.5 %   $ 423,213       21.3 %   $ 407,493       22.3 %
Other Midwest Markets
    1,227,848       55.2       1,134,489       57.0       1,092,759       59.9  
Western Markets
    538,954       24.2       430,931       21.7       323,052       17.7  
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
 
Total
  $ 2,223,474       100.0 %   $ 1,988,633       100.0 %   $ 1,823,304       100.0 %
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
                                                   
Core Percent Core Percent Core Percent
Deposits of Total Deposits of Total Deposits of Total






Southern Indiana
  $ 943,869       42.9 %   $ 835,552       47.7 %   $ 763,531       50.3 %
Other Midwest Markets
    663,492       30.2       556,831       31.8       482,489       31.8  
Western Markets
    590,310       26.9       360,375       20.6       270,792       17.9  
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
 
Total
  $ 2,197,671       100.0 %   $ 1,752,758       100.0 %   $ 1,516,812       100.0 %
     
     
     
     
     
     
 

Net Income

      Commercial banking net income increased to $23.4 million during 2004 up 4%, compared to $22.5 million in 2003, and up 46% compared to 2002 net income of $16.1 million.

 
Net Interest Income

      The following table shows information about net interest income for our commercial banking line of business:

                         
Year Ended December 31,

2004 2003 2002



(Dollars in thousands)
Net interest income
  $ 89,617     $ 79,016     $ 69,854  
Average interest earning assets
    2,392,049       2,046,658       1,745,816  
Net interest margin
    3.75 %     3.86 %     4.00 %

      Net interest income was $89.6 million, an increase of 13% over 2003, and an increase of 28% from 2002. The 2004 improvement in net interest income resulted primarily from an increase in our commercial banking loan portfolio as a result of growth and expansion efforts. Net interest margin is computed by dividing net interest income by average interest earning assets. Net interest margin during 2004 was 3.75%, compared to 3.86% in 2003, and 4.00% in 2002. The reduction in 2004 margin is due to slower than anticipated loan growth, which has led to greater than planned excess liquidity invested in lower yielding assets.

 
Provision for Loan and Lease Losses

      Provision for loan and lease losses declined to $3.3 million in 2004, compared to provisions of $5.9 million and $9.8 million in 2003 and 2002, respectively. The declining provision relates to a combination of improved overall loan quality, improving economic conditions and slower loan growth. See further discussion in “Credit Quality” section later in this document.

50


Table of Contents

 
Noninterest Income

      The following table shows the components of noninterest income for our commercial banking line of business:

                         
Year Ended December 31,

2004 2003 2002



(Dollars in thousands)
Trust fees
  $ 1,902     $ 1,817     $ 1,933  
Service charges on deposit accounts
    5,071       5,095       4,775  
Insurance commissions, fees and premiums
    2,143       2,009       1,705  
Gain from sales of loans
    2,947       7,814       5,167  
Loan servicing fees
    1,374       1,237       945  
Amortization of servicing assets
    (1,559 )     (2,705 )     (1,609 )
Recovery (impairment) of servicing assets
    582       744       (1,574 )
Brokerage fees
    1,465       1,264       1,236  
Other
    4,391       3,795       3,503  
     
     
     
 
Total noninterest income
  $ 18,316     $ 21,070     $ 16,081  
     
     
     
 

      Noninterest income during 2004 decreased 13% over 2003 and increased 14% over 2002. This decrease was due primarily to lower gains from sales of loans related to decreased mortgage production in this line of business, partially offset by lower servicing asset amortization. The commercial banking line of business has a first mortgage servicing portfolio that has increased to $454 million, principally a result of mortgage loan production in its south-central Indiana markets. Those servicing rights are carried on the balance sheet at the lower of cost or market, estimated at December 31, 2004, to be $3.8 million.

 
Operating Expenses

      The following table shows the components of operating expenses for our commercial banking line of business:

                         
Year Ended December 31,

2004 2003 2002



(Dollars in thousands)
Salaries and employee benefits
  $ 40,422     $ 34,853     $ 29,896  
Other expenses
    25,028       21,846       20,133  
     
     
     
 
Total operating expenses
  $ 65,450     $ 56,699     $ 50,029  
     
     
     
 
Efficiency ratio
    60.6 %     56.7 %     58.2 %
Number of employees at period end(1)
    525       493       454  


(1)  On a full time equivalent basis

      Operating expenses during 2004 totaled $65.5 million, an increase of 15% over 2003, and an increase of 31% from 2002. The increase in salaries and benefits is primarily attributable to higher incentive compensation driven by a higher return on equity at this line of business in 2004 and increased personnel costs related to new market expansion and support staff. The higher return on equity was partially the result of lower internal capital allocations during 2004.

 
Balance Sheet

      Total assets for the year ended December 31, 2004 averaged $2.5 billion compared to $2.1 billion in 2003, and $1.8 billion in 2002. Average earning assets for the year ended December 31, 2004 were $2.4 billion compared to $2.0 billion in 2003, and $1.7 billion in 2002. The most significant component of the increase was

51


Table of Contents

an increase in commercial loans as a result of the commercial bank’s continued growth and expansion efforts into new markets. In addition, average investments have increased from $22 million in 2003 to $202 million in 2004. This increase relates primarily to inter-company investments, the result of excess liquidity related to deposit growth in excess of asset deployment needs. The funds have been redeployed in earning assets at our other lines of business. Earnings credited to the commercial banking line of business from these investments approximate alternative external investment rates. Average core deposits for the year totaled $2.0 billion, an increase of 23% over average core deposits in 2003, and an increase of 58% from 2002.
 
Credit Quality

      Nonperforming assets to total assets and the allowance for loan losses to total loans both decreased at December 31, 2004, compared to December 31, 2003. The decline in nonperformings in 2004 was primarily the result of satisfactory management of delinquent loans and collections made to nonperforming relationships during the past year. Nonperforming loans are not significantly concentrated in any industry category. The decline in the allowance for loan losses as a percent of total loans reflects our belief that overall loss experience has declined due to improving economic conditions, significantly lower loan growth, improved overall loan quality and successful workouts of several nonperforming loans in 2004. The following table shows information about our nonperforming assets in this line of business and our allowance for loan losses.

                         
December 31,

2004 2003 2002



(Dollars in thousands)
Nonperforming loans
  $ 21,247     $ 25,614     $ 14,970  
Other real estate owned
    1,533       995       96  
     
     
     
 
Total nonperforming assets
  $ 22,780     $ 26,609     $ 15,066  
     
     
     
 
Nonperforming assets to total assets
    0.87 %     1.21 %     0.76 %
Allowance for loan losses
  $ 22,230     $ 22,055     $ 20,725  
Allowance for loan losses to total loans
    1.00 %     1.11 %     1.14 %
For the Period Ended:
                       
Provision for loan losses
  $ 3,307     $ 5,913     $ 9,812  
Net charge-offs
    3,133       4,583       3,731  
Net charge-offs to average loans
    0.15 %     0.24 %     0.22 %

52


Table of Contents

Home Equity Lending

      The following table shows selected financial information for the home equity lending line of business:

                                             
Year Ended December 31,

2004 2003 2002 2001 2000





(Dollars in thousands)
Selected Income Statement Data:
                                       
Net interest income
  $ 98,983     $ 106,545     $ 94,068     $ 61,803     $ 35,864  
Provision for loan and lease losses
    (4,369 )     (29,575 )     (25,596 )     (2,320 )     (461 )
Noninterest income
    71,368       (19,525 )     11,791       64,786       68,044  
     
     
     
     
     
 
   
Total net revenues
    165,982       57,445       80,263       124,269       103,447  
Operating expenses
    (114,779 )     (90,538 )     (78,588 )     (97,189 )     (72,623 )
     
     
     
     
     
 
Income (loss) before taxes
    51,203       (33,093 )     1,675       27,080       30,824  
Income taxes
    (21,023 )     13,203       (670 )     (10,832 )     (12,330 )
     
     
     
     
     
 
Net income (loss)
  $ 30,180     $ (19,890 )   $ 1,005     $ 16,248     $ 18,494  
     
     
     
     
     
 
Selected Balance Sheet Data:
                                       
Total assets
  $ 996,500     $ 1,070,634     $ 939,494     $ 602,226     $ 550,526  
Home equity loans and lines of credit(1)
    590,175       692,637       626,355       346,192       4,510  
Allowance for loan losses
    (11,330 )     (29,251 )     (21,689 )     (2,220 )     (500 )
Home equity loans held for sale
    227,740       202,627       75,540             330,208  
Residual interests
    51,542       70,519       157,065       199,071       152,614  
Mortgage servicing assets
    44,000       28,425       26,444       15,265       7,708  
Short-term borrowings
    359,902       368,640       201,328       138,527       163,732  
Collateralized debt
    352,625       460,535       391,425              
Shareholders’ equity
    138,372       128,555       155,831       135,493       99,586  
Selected Operating Data:
                                       
Loan volume:
                                       
 
Lines of credit
  $ 508,287     $ 324,094     $ 443,323     $ 317,579     $ 629,906  
 
Loans
    934,027       809,222       623,903       831,830       596,049  
Total managed portfolio balance
    1,147,137       1,513,289       1,830,339       2,064,542       1,625,719  
Delinquency ratio(2)
    4.8 %     5.9 %     6.0 %     5.1 %     4.4 %
Total managed portfolio balance including credit risk sold
    2,807,367       2,568,356       2,502,685       2,317,975       1,825,527  
Weighted average coupon rate:
                                       
 
Lines of credit
    9.18 %     9.71 %     10.79 %     11.11 %     14.04 %
 
Loans
    11.87       12.07       13.50       13.38       13.09  
Gain on sale of loans to loans sold
    2.24       3.81       4.70       8.47       6.06  
Net home equity charge-offs to average managed portfolio
    2.48       4.37       2.87       1.82       0.57  


(1)  Includes $361.1 million, $478.7 million and $392.4 million of collateralized loans at December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002, respectively, as part of securitized financings.
 
(2)  Nonaccrual loans are included in the delinquency ratio.

53


Table of Contents

 
Overview

      Our home equity lending line of business originates, purchases, sells and services a variety of home equity lines of credit and fixed-rate home equity loan products nationwide to certain qualified borrowers. We market our home equity products (generally using second mortgage liens) through a combination of direct mail, brokers, the Internet, and correspondent channels. We target creditworthy homeowners who are active credit users. Customers are underwritten using proprietary models based on several criteria, including the customers’ previous use of credit.

 
Strategy

      We offer home equity loans with combined loan-to-value (CLTV) ratios of up to 125% of their collateral value. Home equity loans are priced taking into account, among other factors, the credit history of our customer, the disposable income of the borrower, and the relative loan-to-value (LTV) ratio of the loan at origination. For example, all else being equal, those loans with loan-to-value ratios greater than 100% (high LTV, or HLTVs) are priced with higher coupons than home equity loans with loan-to-value ratios less than 100% to compensate for increased expected losses through default. For the year ended December 31, 2004, HLTV home equity loans made up 44% of our loan originations and 47% of our managed portfolio. HLTVs constituted 64% of our managed portfolio at December 31, 2003. In an effort to manage portfolio concentration risk and to comply with existing banking regulations, we have policies in place governing the size of our investment in loans secured by real estate where the LTV is greater than 90%. In accordance with regulatory guidance set forth in Supervision and Regulation Letter 01-4 and in consultation with our banking regulators, we made a risk-weighting adjustment in our regulatory Consolidated Report of Condition and Income, beginning with the third quarter of 2003. This adjustment reflects a risk weighting of 200 percent for certain HLTV assets (approximately $72 million at December 31, 2004 compared with $235 million at December 31, 2003) that are described in the guidance as “subprime.” The designation of certain loans as “subprime” and the additional capital requirement for those loans was a principal driver in our decision to respond to secondary market demand for seasoned home equity product and sell a portion of our portfolio in 2004.

      For most of our home equity product offerings, we offer customers the choice to accept an early repayment fee in exchange for a lower interest rate. A typical early repayment option provides for a fee equal to up to six months’ interest that is payable if the borrower chooses to repay the loan during the first three to five years of its term. Approximately 78%, or $0.9 billion, of our home equity managed portfolio at December 31, 2004 was originated with early repayment provisions, reflecting such customer choice.

      Generally we either sell loans through whole loan sales or we fund these loans on balance sheet through warehouse lines or secured, term financings. In addition to loan sales, from time to time we have sold loans and will continue to consider the sale of certain assets such as residual assets and mortgage servicing rights. We balance our loan portfolio growth objectives with cash flow and profit targets, as well as a desire to manage our capital accounts. In addition, regulated banks are prohibited from holding more than their total regulatory capital in certain mortgage exposures where the underlying loan to value exceeds 90 percent. This limitation also factors into our sale decisions. Our long-term expectations for whole loan sales are in the 75% range. We generally retain the servicing rights for the loans we sell.

 
Portfolio Mix

      Our home equity lending line of business blends aspects of the credit card and mortgage banking industries. The home equity products are designed to appeal to homeowners who have high levels of unsecured (credit card) debt, who through the use of a debt consolidating mortgage loan can meaningfully reduce their after-tax monthly cash outflows. We underwrite our loans using unsecured debt criteria, while adjusting for relative riskiness by LTV level and credit profile through our pricing. We believe that the mortgage lien associated with the loan has a meaningful, positive influence on the payment priority of our customers. We lend nationally in our home equity lending line of business to avoid concentrations that may be subject to local

54


Table of Contents

real estate market inflation. The following table shows the geographic composition of our home equity lending managed portfolio on a percentage basis as of December 31, 2004 and December 31, 2003:
                   
State 2004 2003



California
    15.4 %     16.2 %
Florida
    7.4       7.5  
Washington
    6.1       5.3  
Michigan
    6.0       3.9  
Arizona
    5.6       6.0  
All other states
    59.5       61.1  
     
     
 
 
Total
    100.0 %     100.0 %
     
     
 

      The following table provides a breakdown of our home equity lending managed portfolio by product type, outstanding principal balance and weighted average coupon as of December 31, 2004:

                           
Weighted
Average
Amount % of Total Coupon



(Dollars in thousands)
Home equity loans< = 100% CLTV
  $ 182,817       15.94 %     9.79 %
Home equity lines of credit< = 100% CLTV
    384,547       33.52       7.82  
     
     
     
 
Total< = 100% CLTV
    567,364       49.46       8.46  
Home equity loans> 100% CLTV
    349,791       30.49       13.27  
Home equity lines of credit> 100% CLTV
    175,082       15.26       11.70  
     
     
     
 
Total> 100% CLTV
    524,873       45.75       12.75  
First mortgages
    36,694       3.20       7.18  
Other (including discontinued products)
    18,206       1.59       13.88  
     
     
     
 
 
Total managed portfolio(1)
  $ 1,147,137       100.00 %     10.46 %
     
     
     
 


(1)  We define our “Managed Portfolio” as the portfolio of loans ($1.1 billion) that we service and on which we carry credit risk. At December 31, 2004, we also serviced another $1.7 billion of loans for which the credit risk is held by others.

Securitizations

      Since inception in 1995, we have used secondary markets to assist in the funding of the loans we make. These securitizations have provided a stable, relatively low cost source of matched maturity funding for us. The securitizations can be accounted for in one of two methods:

  •  As off balance sheet, “SFAS 140”, structures where both the loans and securitization liabilities are off balance sheet. We record a gain on sale of loans at the time of securitization, retain a residual interest and record subsequent trading gains/losses throughout the life of the loans as our assumptions of future performance change. We engaged in such securitizations from 1995 through 2001.
 
  •  As on balance sheet structures (“secured financings”) where the loans are left on balance sheet and the securitization liabilities are brought on balance sheet as collateralized debt. We then report net interest income on an accrual basis over the life of the loans. We have used these structures since 2001.

      Our secured financings and securitizations have triggers that, when exceeded, provide trustees and/or bond insurers with the ability, but not the obligation, of removing us as servicer. Trigger levels are typically in the form of cumulative or periodic losses and/or delinquencies for a pool of loans over a stated period of time. At December 31, 2004, we had $45.7 million in loans that we serviced and for which certain triggers had been exceeded. The mortgage servicing rights related to the loans for which a trigger had been exceeded totaled

55


Table of Contents

$1.4 million at December 31, 2004. Based on our evaluation of industry practice by trustees and bond insurers and our estimation of the steps the independent trustees would take, we believe it is unlikely that the trustees will remove servicing from us given current performance of our securitizations. As a result, we have not provided for an allowance for this contingency.

Home Equity Servicing

      Our home equity lending business continues to service the majority of the loans it has securitized and sold. We earn a servicing fee of approximately 50 to 100 basis points of the outstanding principal balance of the loans securitized. Generally accepted accounting principles require us to book a servicing asset under both the “SFAS 140” and the “secured financing” structures. The total servicing portfolio was $2.8 billion at December 31, 2004 compared to $2.6 billion at December 31, 2003. For whole loans sold with servicing retained totaling $1.4 billion and $1.0 billion at December 31, 2004 and 2003, respectively, we capitalize servicing fees including rights to future early repayment fees. The servicing asset at December 31, 2004 was $44.0 million up from $28.4 million at December 31, 2003 reflecting additional secondary market sales and financings, net of amortization and run-off.

      Our Managed Portfolio, representing that portion of the servicing portfolio on which we have retained credit risk, is separated into two categories: $0.8 billion of loans originated, generally since 2002, and held on balance sheet either as loans held for investment or loans held for sale, and $0.3 billion of loans and lines of credit securitized for which we retained a residual interest. Generally, these loans categorized as “Owned Residual” were originated prior to 2002 and treated as sold under SFAS 140 and have a reserve methodology that reflects life of account loss expectations; whereas our policy for on-balance sheet loans requires that we hold at a minimum, sufficient reserves for potential losses inherent in the portfolio at the balance sheet date. Such losses for on-balance sheet loans manifest themselves over a period which management believes approximates twelve months.

      In addition, where applicable, we have the opportunity to earn additional future servicing incentive fees. Included below in the category “Credit Risk Sold, Potential Incentive Servicing Fee Retained Portfolio” are $1.3 billion of loans at December 31, 2004 and $0.8 billion at December 31, 2003 for which we have the opportunity to earn an incentive servicing fee.

56


Table of Contents

      The following table sets forth certain information for these portfolios:

                 
December 31,

2004 2003


(Dollars in thousands)
Managed Portfolio
               
Total Loans
  $ 1,147,137     $ 1,513,289  
30 days past due
    4.76 %     5.87 %
90 days past due
    1.60       2.43  
Net Chargeoff Rate
    2.48       4.37  
Unsold Loans
               
Total Loans(1)
  $ 814,595     $ 897,227  
30 days past due
    1.93 %     2.91 %
90 days past due
    0.78       1.25  
Net Chargeoff Rate
    1.28       2.49  
Loan Loss Reserve
  $ 11,330     $ 29,251  
Owned Residual
               
Total Loans
  $ 332,542     $ 616,062  
30 days past due
    11.71 %     10.18 %
90 days past due
    3.61       4.15  
Net Chargeoff Rate
    5.00       6.40  
Residual Undiscounted Losses
  $ 19,126     $ 64,598  
Credit Risk Sold, Potential Incentive Servicing Fee Retained Portfolio
               
Total Loans
  $ 1,286,282     $ 849,264  
30 days past due
    2.54 %     2.44 %
90 days past due
    0.87       0.72  


(1)  Excludes deferred fees and costs.

      The managed portfolio amounts listed above include those loans we service with credit risk retained. Delinquency rates and losses on our managed portfolio result from a variety of factors, including loan seasoning, portfolio mix, our servicing practices, and general economic conditions. The 30-day and greater delinquency ratio on our managed portfolio was 4.8% at December 31, 2004, and 5.9% at December 31, 2003.

Net Income

      Our home equity lending business recorded net income of $30.2 million during the year ended December 31, 2004, compared to a net loss of $19.9 million in 2003 and net income of $1.0 million in 2002. The most significant factor in the increased earnings during 2004 was improving credit quality (including the modeling of recovery experience) that drove significant increases in the fair value of our residual interests recorded through “trading gains/losses,” instead of the significant write downs of these assets suffered in 2003.

Net Revenue

      Net revenue in 2004 totaled $166.0 million, compared to net revenue in 2003 and 2002 of $57.4 million and $80.3 million, respectively. The increase in revenues is primarily a result of the change from trading losses to trading gains related to adjustments made in marking the residual interests to fair value in the respective periods, reflecting improved credit quality trends in the underlying loan portfolios represented by these residuals. The improved credit quality including modeling of recoveries has also resulted in declines to our provision for loan losses in 2004. Provision for loan losses totaled $4.4 million in 2004 compared to $29.6 million in 2003 and $25.6 million in 2002.

57


Table of Contents

      Our home equity lending business produced $1.4 billion of home equity loans in 2004 compared to $1.1 billion in both 2002 and 2003. Our home equity lending business had $0.8 billion of loans and loans held for sale at December 31, 2004, compared to $0.9 billion at December 31, 2003, and $0.7 billion at the same date in 2002. Included in the loan balance at December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002 were $0.4 billion, $0.5 billion and $0.4 billion of collateralized loans as part of secured financings.

      The following table sets forth certain information regarding net revenue for the periods indicated:

                         
Year Ended December 31,

2004 2003 2002



(Dollars in thousands)
Net interest income
  $ 98,983     $ 106,545     $ 94,068  
Provision for loan losses
    (4,369 )     (29,575 )     (25,596 )
Gain on sales of loans
    29,180       26,069       29,887  
Loan servicing fees
    28,824       21,835       13,528  
Amortization of servicing assets
    (19,863 )     (13,894 )     (5,485 )
Recovery (impairment) of servicing assets
    1,148       (1,684 )     (1,420 )
Trading gains (losses)
    25,176       (52,209 )     (26,032 )
Other income
    6,903       358       1,313  
     
     
     
 
Total net revenue
  $ 165,982     $ 57,445     $ 80,263  
     
     
     
 

      Net interest income decreased to $99.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2004, compared to 2003 net interest income of $106.5 million, and $94.1 million in 2002. This line of business earns interest income on loans held on the balance sheet and the accretion of the discount applied to its residual interests. Accretion totaled $12.5 million during 2004 versus $20.7 million in 2003, and $34.2 million in 2002. The decline in accretion reflects the reduced carrying value of our residual interests. The non-accretion net interest income increased to $86.5 million in 2004 compared to $85.9 million in 2003 and $59.9 million in 2002. The increase in 2003 over 2002 is a result of the buildup of our on-balance sheet loan portfolio.

      Provision for loan losses decreased to $4.4 million in 2004 compared to $29.6 million in 2003 and $25.6 million in 2002. The decreased provision relates to improvements in the credit quality of the loan portfolio. In addition, we transferred $355 million in loans to loans held for sale when the decisions were made to sell these portfolio loans. These loans had an associated allowance of $20.6 million. The loans were transferred with an allowance of $10.8 million to reduce their carrying value to fair market value. After the transfers, the remaining $9.8 million of excess allowance was reversed through the provision for loan and lease losses.

      Gains on sales of loans for the year ended December 31, 2004 totaled $29.2 million, compared to $26.1 million and $29.9 million during the same period in 2003 and 2002, respectively. We completed whole loan sales during 2004 of $1.3 billion compared to sales in 2003 of $0.7 billion. The gain relative to the amount of loans sold was lower than in the prior year due to product mix sold and the related loan yields.

      We do not record a residual interest as a result of whole loan sales. These are cash sales for which we receive a premium, generally record a servicing asset, and recognize any points and fees at the time of sale. For certain sales, we have the right to an incentive servicing fee that will provide cash payments to us if a pre-established return for the certificate holders and certain structure-specific loan credit and servicing performance metrics are met. These incentive servicing fee contracts are treated as derivatives and classified in other assets. At December 31, 2004, we recorded incentive fees for two transactions. Included in other income during the year of 2004 was $4.5 million related to these incentive-servicing fees based upon actual and projected performance of the underlying pools of loans. Of the $4.5 million recognized during 2004, $1.0 million was the result of cash collections and $3.5 million represented the projected value of future cash payments, present valued using a discount rate of 30%.

58


Table of Contents

      Loan servicing fees totaled $28.8 million in 2004 compared to $21.8 million in 2003 and $13.5 million in 2002. The servicing portfolio underlying the mortgage servicing asset at our home equity lending line of business totaled $2.3 billion and $1.7 billion at December 31, 2004 and 2003, respectively. The increase in loan servicing fees relates to the increased size of the servicing portfolio and increased early repayment fees that totaled $13.7 million and $8.3 million in 2004 and 2003, respectively, on the portfolio underlying the mortgage servicing asset.

      Amortization and impairment of servicing assets includes amortization expenses and valuation adjustments relating to the carrying value of servicing assets. Our home equity lending business determines fair value of its servicing asset using discounted cash flows and assumptions as to estimated future servicing income and cost that we believe market participants would use to value similar assets. In addition, we periodically assess these modeled assumptions for reasonableness through independent third-party valuations. At December 31, 2004, net servicing assets totaled $44.0 million, compared to a balance of $28.4 million at December 31, 2003, and $26.4 million at December 31, 2002. Servicing asset amortization expense totaled $19.9 million during 2004, compared to $13.9 million in 2003, and $5.5 million in 2002. The increased amortization is a result of the increase in the size of the underlying servicing portfolio.

      Trading gains (losses) represent unrealized gains (losses) as a result of adjustments to the carrying values of our residual interests. Trading gains totaled $25.2 million in 2004 compared to losses of $52.2 million in 2003 and $26.0 million in 2002. Residual interests had a balance of $51.5 million at December 31, 2004 and $70.5 million at December 31, 2003, compared to $157.1 million at the same date in 2002. The decrease in residual interest balance reflects a combination of cash receipts, runoff, performance-based valuation adjustments and the 2004 repurchase of $5.3 million of residuals we had sold between 1999 and 2001. The $51.5 million valuation at December 31, 2004 reflects $58.2 million of anticipated undiscounted cash flows of which $47.8 million represents existing securitization overcollateralization and reserve funds, and the remaining $10.4 million represents expected future net spread and prepayment penalties. Included in the valuation are assumptions for estimated prepayments, expected losses, and discount rates that we believe market participants would use to value similar assets. To the extent our expectations of future loss rates, prepayment speeds and other factors change as we gather additional data over time, these residual valuations may be subject to additional adjustments in the future. These adjustments could have a material effect on our reported earnings. The increased unrealized trading gains in 2004 principally reflect lower actual loss rates than those previously modeled. A material portion of the lower losses came about due to improved recoveries during 2004 of previously charged-off loans. This improvement in recoveries was the result of enhancements we have made to our loss recovery systems and strong housing markets. In our residual asset valuation models, as well as in our assumptions for allowance for loan and lease losses, we anticipate continued strong recoveries in 2005, although not at the level of 2004 recoveries due to reduced levels of charge-offs and moderating home prices. These models were revised in the fourth quarter of 2004 to account for potential recoveries, as our credit risk management analysis had by that time been able to collect sufficient data to make statistically reliable estimates of future recoveries. Our forward loss assumptions, including assumptions about gross losses and recoveries, are reevaluated monthly and, as such, our residual asset valuations are adjusted monthly to reflect changes in actual and expected loss rates in our portfolio.

 
Operating Expenses

      The following table shows operating expenses for our home equity lending line of business for the periods indicated:

                           
Year Ended December 31,

2004 2003 2002



(Dollars in thousands)
Salaries and employee benefits
  $ 75,649     $ 52,074     $ 46,548  
Other
    39,130       38,464       32,040  
     
     
     
 
 
Total operating expenses
  $ 114,779     $ 90,538     $ 78,588  
     
     
     
 
Number of employees at period end(1)
    642       663       692  


(1)  On a full time equivalent basis.

59


Table of Contents

      Operating expenses were $114.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2004, up from $90.5 in 2003, and an increase of 46% from 2002. Operating expenses in 2004 include compensation expense related to long term compensation plans at the home equity line of business totaling $14.5 million, $2.3 million and ($5.1) million in 2004, 2003 and 2002, respectively.

Commercial Finance

                                           
Year Ended December 31,

2004 2003 2002 2001 2000





(Dollars in thousands)
Selected Income Statement Data:
                                       
Net interest income
  $ 28,084     $ 22,766     $ 15,140     $ 9,481     $ 3,196  
Provision for loan and lease losses
    (6,798 )     (11,308 )     (8,481 )     (6,939 )     (1,513 )
Noninterest income
    6,275       5,868       4,397       1,695       799  
     
     
     
     
     
 
 
Total net revenue
    27,561       17,326       11,056       4,237       2,482  
Operating expense
    (18,782 )     (15,072 )     (12,122 )     (8,424 )     (5,045 )
     
     
     
     
     
 
Income (loss) before taxes
    8,779       2,254       (1,066 )     (4,187 )     (2,563 )
Income taxes
    (5,562 )     (461 )     513       1,309       945  
     
     
     
     
     
 
Income (loss) before cumulative effect of change in accounting principle
    3,217       1,793       (553 )     (2,878 )     (1,618 )
Cumulative effect of change in accounting principle
                495              
     
     
     
     
     
 
Net income (loss)
  $ 3,217     $ 1,793     $ (58 )   $ (2,878 )   $ (1,618 )
     
     
     
     
     
 
Selected Balance Sheet Data at End of Period:
                                       
Total assets
  $ 636,604     $ 474,915     $ 343,384     $ 266,670     $ 159,773  
Loans and leases
    625,140       463,423       345,844       264,827       154,934  
Allowance for loan and lease losses
    (9,624 )     (11,445 )     (7,657 )     (4,587 )     (2,441 )
Shareholders’ equity
    55,993       44,255       29,236       18,741       21,346  
Selected Operating Data:
                                       
Net charge-offs
  $ 8,235     $ 7,868     $ 5,401     $ 4,653     $ 961  
Net interest margin
    5.33 %     5.63 %     5.07 %     4.64 %     4.50 %
Total funding of loans and leases
  $ 366,545     $ 272,685     $ 207,087     $ 190,716     $ 113,323  
 
Overview

      We established this line of business in 1999. In this segment, we provide small ticket, full payout lease financing on a variety of small business equipment in the United States and Canada as well as equipment and leasehold improvement financing for franchisees (mainly in the quick service restaurant sector) in the United States.

 
Strategy

      Our strategy is to provide cost-competitive, service-oriented financing alternatives to small businesses generally and to franchisees. We utilize direct and indirect sales forces to distribute our products. In the small ticket lease channel our sales efforts focus on providing lease solutions for vendors and manufacturers. The majority of our leases are full payout (no residual), small-ticket assets secured by commercial equipment. We finance a variety of commercial, light industrial and office equipment types and try to limit the concentrations in our loan and lease portfolios. Within the franchise channel, the majority of our contracts are full payout

60


Table of Contents

loans with higher transaction sizes than in our small-ticket channel. The franchise channel may also finance real estate for select franchise systems.
 
Net Income

      Commercial finance net income increased to $3.2 million during 2004, compared to net income of $1.8 during 2003 and a loss of $58 thousand in 2002. Results in 2004 reflect growth of $5.3 million in net interest income over 2003. Net interest income in 2003 increased 50% over 2002. Provision for loan and lease losses decreased to $6.8 million in 2004, compared to provisions of $11.3 million and $8.5 million in 2003 and 2002, respectively. The 2004 earnings are attributable to portfolio growth, improvements in credit quality, and higher than expected gains from the sale of leases and whole loans without credit recourse.

 
Net Interest Income

      The following table shows information about net interest income for our commercial finance line of business:

                         
Year Ended December 31,

2004 2003 2002



(Dollars in thousands)
Net interest income
  $ 28,084     $ 22,766     $ 15,140  
Average interest earning assets
    526,754       404,089       298,854  
Net interest margin
    5.33 %     5.63 %     5.07 %

      Net interest income was $28.1 million, an increase of 23% over 2003, and an increase of 85% from 2002. The improvement in net interest income resulted from an increase in our commercial finance portfolio. The total loan and lease portfolio has increased to $625.1 million at December 31, 2004, an increase of 35% and 81% over year-end 2003 and 2002 balances, respectively. This line of business originated $366.5 million in loans and leases during 2004, compared to $272.7 million during 2003 and $207.1 million in 2002.

      Net interest margin is computed by dividing net interest income by average interest earning assets. Net interest margin during 2004 was 5.33%, compared to 5.63% in 2003, and 5.07% in 2002. The decrease in 2004 margin is due primarily to changes in yields and product mix.

 
Provision for Loan and Lease Losses

      The provision for loan and lease losses decreased to $6.8 million in 2004 compared to $11.3 million in 2003 and $8.5 million in 2002. The decreased provisioning levels relate primarily to improvements in credit quality in our lease portfolio. We added $2.8 million in specific reserves to the allowance during 2004 related to a potential loss on lease receivables on product manufactured and supplied to customers by a single vendor. The majority of these leases were charged off in 2004. We no longer originate leases for this vendor.

 
Noninterest Income

      The following table shows the components of noninterest income for our commercial finance line of business:

                         
Year Ended December 31,

2004 2003 2002



(Dollars in thousands)
Gain from sales of loans
  $ 1,796     $ 2,630     $ 1,374  
Derivative losses, net
    (536 )     (803 )      
Other
    5,015       4,041       3,023  
     
     
     
 
Total noninterest income
  $ 6,275     $ 5,868     $ 4,397  
     
     
     
 

61


Table of Contents

      Noninterest income during 2004 increased 7% over 2003 and 43% over 2002. Included in noninterest income were gains from sales of leases and whole loans that totaled $1.8 million in 2004 compared to $2.6 million in 2003 and $1.4 million in 2002. Also included in noninterest income during 2004 and 2003 was $0.5 million and $0.8 million of interest rate derivative losses in our Canadian operation related to asset-liability mismatches in our funding of that operation. We had no derivative losses for this line of business during the same period in 2002.

 
Operating Expenses

      The following table shows the components of operating expenses for our commercial finance line of business:

                           
Year Ended December 31,

2004 2003 2002



(Dollars in thousands)
Salaries and employee benefits
  $ 14,333     $ 11,606     $ 9,482  
Other
    4,449       3,466       2,640  
     
     
     
 
 
Total operating expenses
  $ 18,782     $ 15,072     $ 12,122  
     
     
     
 
Number of employees at period end(1)
    162       133       134  


(1)  On a full time equivalent basis

      Operating expenses during 2004 totaled $18.8 million, an increase of 25% over 2003, and an increase of 55% from 2002. The increased operating expenses relate to the continued growth in this business since its inception in 1999, including compensation costs related to higher production levels and the achievement of profitability.

 
Credit Quality

      The commercial finance line of business had nonperforming loans and leases at December 31, 2004 totaling $3.9 million, compared to non-performing loans and leases at December 31, 2003 and 2002 totaling $4.1 million and $4.9 million, respectively. Net charge-offs recorded by this line of business totaled $8.2 million in 2004 compared to $7.9 million in 2003 and $5.4 million in 2002. The bulk of the charge-offs in 2004 relate to a credit relationship with a single vendor as noted above in the discussion on provision for loan and leases losses. Allowance for loan and lease losses at December 31, 2004 totaled $9.6 million, representing 1.54% of loans and leases, compared to a balance at December 31, 2003 of $11.4 million, representing 2.47% of loans and leases and a balance of $7.7 million or 2.21% of the portfolio at December 31, 2002.

      The following table shows information about our nonperforming loans and leases in this line of business and our allowance for loan and lease losses:

                         
December 31,

2004 2003 2002



(Dollars in thousands)
Nonperforming loans
  $ 3,936     $ 4,083     $ 4,855  
Allowance for loan losses
    9,624       11,445       7,657  
Allowance for loan losses to total loans
    1.54 %     2.47 %     2.21 %
For the Period Ended:
                       
Provision for loan losses
  $ 6,798     $ 11,308     $ 8,481  
Net charge-offs
    8,235       7,868       5,401  
Net charge-offs to average loans
    1.59 %     1.97 %     1.81 %

62


Table of Contents

      The following table provides certain information about the loan and lease portfolio of our commercial finance line of business at the dates shown:

                   
December 31,

2004 2003


(Dollars in thousands)
Domestic franchise loans
  $ 243,859     $ 150,505  
 
Weighted average yield
    8.11 %     8.45 %
 
Delinquency ratio
    0.35       0.45  
Domestic leases
  $ 149,999     $ 134,602  
 
Weighted average yield
    8.95 %     9.54 %
 
Delinquency ratio
    1.09       1.32  
Canadian leases(1)
  $ 231,282     $ 178,316  
 
Weighted average yield
    9.77 %     10.12 %
 
Delinquency ratio
    0.82       0.89  


(1)  In U.S. dollars.

Venture Capital

      The following table shows selected financial information for our venture capital line of business for the periods indicated:

                           
Year Ended December 31,

2004 2003 2002



(Dollars in thousands)
Selected Income Statement Data:
                       
Net interest income
  $ (11 )   $ (210 )   $ 43  
Mark-to-market adjustment on investments
    (852 )     (2,954 )     (4,187 )
Noninterest income
    649       886       501  
     
     
     
 
 
Total net revenues
    (214 )     (2,278 )     (3,643 )
Operating expense
    (440 )     (548 )     (495 )
     
     
     
 
Loss before taxes
    (654 )     (2,826 )     (4,138 )
Income tax benefit
    257       1,118       1,655  
     
     
     
 
Net loss
  $ (397 )   $ (1,708 )   $ (2,483 )
     
     
     
 
Selected Balance Sheet Data at End of Period:
                       
Investment in portfolio companies (cost)
  $ 14,717     $ 14,601     $ 12,620  
Mark-to-market adjustment
    (11,929 )     (11,077 )     (8,123 )
     
     
     
 
Carrying value of portfolio companies
  $ 2,788     $ 3,524     $ 4,497  
     
     
     
 

Overview

      In our venture capital line of business, we make minority investments in early stage companies in the financial services industry and related fields that intend to use technology as a key component of their competitive strategy. We expect that contacts made through venture activities may benefit management of our other lines of business through the sharing of technologies and market opportunities. Our venture capital line of business had investments in five private companies as of December 31, 2004, with an aggregate investment cost of $14.7 million and a carrying value of $2.8 million representing our interest in three companies.

      Over the last three years we have found it more difficult to find new investments that meet our strategic objectives and have re-directed certain personnel formerly addressing this segment. In 2004 and 2003, only

63


Table of Contents

$0.1 million and $2.0 million, respectively were invested in portfolio companies. In addition, our consolidated growth has caused this activity to become less significant on a consolidated basis. When the company was formed, we expected to make approximately $4 million in annual investments. That was 2.5% of year-end 1999 common equity. We now expect that annual investments are unlikely to exceed $2 million that would be less than 0.4% of 2004 year-end common equity.

      Given the change in the materiality of this segment to consolidated results, we intend to discontinue segment reporting for private equity with this report. When appropriate due to materiality, we will report on financial results for private equity in the Parent and Other segment.

      During the year ended December 31, 2004, the venture capital line of business recorded a net loss of $0.4 million, compared to a net loss of $1.7 million in 2003, and a net loss of $2.5 million in 2002. The fluctuation in results in the venture capital line of business is primarily due to valuation adjustments to reflect the company’s portfolio investments at market value.

Parent and Other

      Results at the parent company and other businesses totaled a net loss of $6.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2004, compared to a loss of $8.0 million during the same period in 2003 and $5.8 million in 2002. These losses at the parent company primarily relate to operating expenses in excess of management fees charged to the lines of business and interest income earned on intracompany loans. Included in parent and other expense were compensation charges related to key employee retention initiatives at the home equity lending line of business totaling $2.6 million, $(0.7) million, and $(2.0) million for 2004, 2003 and 2002, respectively. Also included in parent company operating results are allocations to our subsidiaries of interest expense related to our interest-bearing capital obligations. During the year ended December 31, 2004, we allocated $14.0 million of these expenses to our subsidiaries, compared to $15.2 million and $13.5 million during 2003 and 2002, respectively, reflecting reduced use of parent company-sourced capital funding for the lines of business in 2004.

      Each subsidiary pays taxes to us at the statutory rate, with the exception of our Canadian subsidiary that pays taxes in Canada. Subsidiaries also pay fees to us to cover direct and indirect services. In addition, certain services are provided from one subsidiary to another. Intercompany income and expenses are calculated on an arm’s-length, external market basis and are eliminated in consolidation.

Risk Management

      We are engaged in businesses that involve the assumption of financial risks including:

  •  Credit risk
 
  •  Liquidity risk
 
  •  Interest rate risk
 
  •  Operational risk

      Each line of business that assumes financial risk uses a formal process to manage this risk. In all cases, the objectives are to ensure that risk is contained within prudent levels and that we are adequately compensated for the level of risk assumed.

      Our Chairman, Executive Vice President, Senior Vice Presidents (including the Chief Financial Officer), and Chief Risk Officer meet on a regularly-scheduled basis (or more frequently as appropriate) as an Enterprise-wide Risk Management Committee (ERMC), reporting to the Board of Directors’ Audit and Risk Management Committee.

      Each of our principal risks is managed at the line of business level, with oversight and, when appropriate, standardization provided by the ERMC and its subcommittees. The ERMC and its subcommittees oversee all aspects of our financial, credit, and operational risks. The ERMC provides senior-level review and enhance-

64


Table of Contents

ment of line manager risk processes and oversight of our risk reporting, surveillance and model parameter changes.

      Credit Risk. The assumption of credit risk is a key source of earnings for the home equity lending, commercial banking and commercial finance lines of business. The mortgage banking line of business assumes limited credit risk as its mortgages typically are insured and are sold within a short period of time after origination.

      The credit risk in the loan portfolios of the home equity lending, commercial finance and commercial banking lines of business has the most potential for a significant effect on our consolidated financial performance. These lines of business each have a Chief Credit Officer specific to the product line and manage credit risk through various combinations of the use of lending policies, credit analysis and approval procedures, periodic loan reviews, servicing activities, and/or personal contact with borrowers. Commercial loans over a certain size, depending on the loan type and structure, are reviewed by a loan committee prior to approval. We perform independent loan review across the Corporation through a function that reports directly to the Audit and Risk Management Committee.

      The allowance for loan and lease losses is an estimate based on our judgment applying the principles of SFAS 5, “Accounting for Contingencies,” SFAS 114, “Accounting by Creditors for Impairment of a Loan,” and SFAS 118, “Accounting by Creditors for Impairment of a Loan — Income Recognition and Disclosures.” The allowance is maintained at a level we believe is adequate to absorb probable losses inherent in the loan and lease portfolio. We perform an assessment of the adequacy of the allowance at the segment level no less frequently than on a quarterly basis and through review by a subcommittee of the ERMC.

      Within the allowance, there are specific and expected loss components. The specific loss component is based on a regular analysis of all loans over a fixed-dollar amount where the internal credit rating (for commercial loans) or loan delinquency status (for consumer loans) is at or below a predetermined classification. From this analysis we determine the loans that we believe to be impaired in accordance with SFAS 114. Management has defined impaired as nonaccrual loans. For loans determined to be impaired, we measure the level of impairment by comparing the loan’s carrying value to fair value using one of the following fair value measurement techniques: present value of expected future cash flows, observable market price, or fair value of the associated collateral. An allowance is established when the fair value implies a value that is lower than the carrying value. In addition to establishing allowance levels for specifically identified higher risk graded or high delinquency loans, management determines an allowance for all other loans in the portfolio for which historical or projected experience indicates that certain losses will occur. These loans are segregated by major product type, and in some instances, by aging, with an estimated loss ratio or migration pattern applied against each product type and aging category. For portfolios that are too new to have adequate historical experience on which to base a loss estimate, we use estimates derived from industry experience and management’s judgment. The loss ratio or migration patterns are generally based upon historic loss experience or historic rate migration behaviors, respectively, for each loan type adjusted for certain environmental factors management believes to be relevant.

      Net charge-offs for the year ended December 31, 2004 were $22.8 million, or 0.7% of average loans, compared to $33.9 million, or 1.1% of average loans during 2003. Net charge-offs in 2002 were $15.4 million or 0.7% of average loans. At December 31, 2004, the allowance for loan and lease losses was 1.3% of outstanding loans and leases, compared to 2.0% at year-end 2003, and 1.8% at year-end 2002. The decrease in charge-offs and allowance is a result of improvements in credit quality associated with tighter underwriting guidelines in our home equity business and an improving economy.

65


Table of Contents

      The following table shows an analysis of our consolidated allowance for loan and lease losses:

                                               
At or For the Year Ended December 31,

2004 2003 2002 2001 2000





(Dollars in thousands)
Loans and leases outstanding at end of period, net of unearned income
  $ 3,450,440     $ 3,161,054     $ 2,815,276     $ 2,137,822     $ 1,234,922  
     
     
     
     
     
 
Average loans and leases for the period, net of unearned income
  $ 3,324,333     $ 3,168,776     $ 2,620,428     $ 1,533,261     $ 960,848  
     
     
     
     
     
 
Allowance for loan and lease losses:
                                       
Balance beginning of period
  $ 64,285     $ 50,936     $ 22,283     $ 13,129     $ 8,555  
Charge-offs:
                                       
 
Commercial, financial and agricultural loans
    3,262       4,263       3,666       1,638       1,210  
 
Real estate mortgage loans
    15,381       23,522       7,130       600        
 
Consumer loans
    351       765       800       1,489       818  
 
Commercial Financing:
                                       
   
Franchise Financing
    88       146       19              
   
Domestic Leasing
    6,581       6,026       5,139       3,624       363  
   
Canadian Leasing
    2,517       2,590       1,476       2,402       777  
     
     
     
     
     
 
     
Total charge-offs
    28,180       37,312       18,230       9,753       3,168  
     
     
     
     
     
 
Recoveries:
                                       
 
Commercial, financial and agricultural loans
    318       77       435       144       76  
 
Real estate mortgage loans
    3,899       2,198       1,002              
 
Consumer loans
    169       248       252       193       221  
 
Commercial Financing:
                                       
   
Franchise Financing
                             
   
Domestic Leasing
    626       448       523       334       84  
   
Canadian Leasing
    323       449       658       877       85  
     
     
     
     
     
 
     
Total recoveries
    5,335       3,420       2,870       1,548       466  
     
     
     
     
     
 
Net charge-offs
    (22,845 )     (33,892 )     (15,360 )     (8,205 )     (2,702 )
Acquisition of Onset Capital
                            1,908  
Reduction due to sale of loans
    (627 )     (234 )           (6 )      
Reduction due to reclassification of loans
    (10,808 )     (690 )                 (16 )
Foreign currency adjustment
    243       582       17       (140 )     (19 )
Provision charged to expense
    14,195       47,583       43,996       17,505       5,403  
     
     
     
     
     
 
Balance end of period
  $ 44,443     $ 64,285     $ 50,936     $ 22,283     $ 13,129  
     
     
     
     
     
 

66


Table of Contents

                                               
At or For the Year Ended December 31,

2004 2003 2002 2001 2000





(Dollars in thousands)
Allowance for loan and lease losses by category:
                                       
 
Commercial, financial and agricultural loans
  $ 18,126     $ 20,571     $ 17,942     $ 11,198     $ 4,370  
 
Real estate mortgage loans
    12,332       31,445       23,150       2,872       2,462  
 
Consumer loans
    4,242       809       2,067       2,309       2,226  
 
Commercial Financing:
                                       
   
Franchise Financing
    3,728       2,158       1,327       204        
   
Domestic Leasing
    2,926       6,285       4,626       4,323       2,325  
   
Canadian Leasing
    3,089       3,017       1,824       1,377       1,746  
     
     
     
     
     
 
     
Totals
  $ 44,443     $ 64,285     $ 50,936     $ 22,283     $ 13,129  
     
     
     
     
     
 
Percent of loans and leases to total loans and leases by category:
                                       
 
Commercial, financial and agricultural loans
    49 %     47 %     48 %     49 %     55 %
 
Real estate mortgage loans
    32       37       39       36       28  
 
Consumer loans
    1       1       1       2       4  
 
Commercial Financing:
                                       
   
Franchise Financing
    7       5       3       2        
   
Domestic Leasing
    4       4       5       7       8  
   
Canadian Leasing
    7       6       4       4       5  
Ratios:
                                       
Net charge-offs to average loans and leases
    0.7 %     1.1 %     0.7 %     0.7 %     0.3 %
Allowance for possible loans and leases to loans and leases outstanding
    1.3 %     2.0 %     1.8 %     1.0 %     1.1 %

      Total nonperforming loans and leases at December 31, 2004, were $33.7 million, compared to $44.4 million at December 31, 2003, and $31.1 million at December 31, 2002. Nonperforming loans and leases as a percent of total loans and leases at December 31, 2004 were 0.9%, compared to 1.4% at December 31, 2003, and 1.1% in 2002. The 2004 decrease occurred primarily at the commercial banking line of business (where nonperforming loans decreased from $26.6 million at December 31, 2003 to $21.2 million at the end of 2004) and at the home equity lending line of business (where they decreased to $6.4 million at December 31, 2004, compared to $11.2 million at the end of 2003). Nonperforming loan and leases at the commercial finance line of business decreased from $4.1 million at December 31, 2003 to $3.9 million at December 31, 2004.

      Other real estate we owned totaled $9.4 million at December 31, 2004, up from $6.4 million at December 31, 2003, which was up from $5.3 million at the same date in 2002. The increase in 2004 relates to the mortgage banking line of business. We also include in our nonperforming assets category nonperforming loans held for sale that are not guaranteed which increased to $2.1 million at December 31, 2004 compared to $1.7 million at the end of 2003. These loans also reside at the mortgage banking line of business. Total nonperforming assets at December 31, 2004 were $45.2 million, or 0.9% of total assets. Nonperforming assets at December 31, 2003, totaled $52.5 million, or 1.1% of total assets, compared to $37.6 million, or 0.8%, in 2002.

67


Table of Contents

      The following table shows information about our nonperforming assets at the dates shown:

                                             
December 31,

2004 2003 2002 2001 2000





(Dollars in thousands)
Accruing loans past due 90 days or more:
                                       
Commercial, financial and agricultural loans
  $     $ 4,172     $ 30     $ 1,146     $ 324  
Real estate mortgages
    219                          
Consumer loans
    426       226       688       157       510  
Commercial Financing:
                                       
 
Franchise Financing
          151       43              
 
Domestic Leasing
          8       177       1,624       627  
 
Canadian Leasing
    12       70       143       68        
     
     
     
     
     
 
      657       4,627       1,081       2,995       1,461  
     
     
     
     
     
 
Nonaccrual loans and leases:
                                       
Commercial, financial and agricultural loans
    20,394       20,447       13,798       5,066       752  
Real estate mortgages
    8,590       14,663       11,308       8,115       1,922  
Consumer loans
    128       769       454       708       918  
Commercial Financing:
                                       
 
Franchise Financing
    1,193       552                    
 
Domestic Leasing
    1,029       1,364       3,415       1,180       960  
 
Canadian Leasing
    1,702       1,943       1,077       1,088       1,209  
     
     
     
     
     
 
      33,036       39,738       30,052       16,157       5,761  
     
     
     
     
     
 
   
Total nonperforming loans and leases
    33,693       44,365       31,133       19,152       7,222  
     
     
     
     
     
 
 
Nonperforming loans held for sale not guaranteed
    2,066       1,695       1,201       1,562       3,959  
 
Other real estate owned
    9,427       6,431       5,272       4,388       2,833  
     
     
     
     
     
 
   
Total nonperforming assets
  $ 45,186     $ 52,491     $ 37,606     $ 25,102     $ 14,014  
     
     
     
     
     
 
Nonperforming loans and leases to total loans and leases
    1.0 %     1.4 %     1.1 %     0.9 %     0.6 %
     
     
     
     
     
 
Nonperforming assets to total assets
    0.9 %     1.1 %     0.8 %     0.7 %     0.4 %
     
     
     
     
     
 

      For the periods presented, the year-end balances of any restructured loans are reflected in the table above either in the amounts shown for “accruing loans past due 90 days or more” or in the amounts shown for “nonaccrual loans and leases.”

      Loans that are past due 90 days or more are placed on nonaccrual status unless, in management’s opinion, there is sufficient collateral value to offset both principal and interest. The $45.2 million of nonperforming assets at December 31, 2004, were concentrated at our lines of business as follows:

         
• Mortgage banking
  $ 8.5  
• Commercial banking
    22.8  
• Home equity lending
    10.0  
• Commercial finance
    3.9  

      Interest income of approximately $2.9 million would have been recorded during 2004 on nonaccrual and renegotiated loans if such loans had been accruing interest throughout the year in accordance with their original terms. The amount of interest income actually recorded during the year of 2004 on nonaccrual and restructured loans was approximately $1.2 million.

68


Table of Contents

      Generally, the accrual of income is discontinued when the full collection of principal or interest is in doubt, or when the payment of principal or interest has become contractually 90 days past due unless the obligation is both well secured and in the process of collection.

      Liquidity Risk. Liquidity is the availability of funds to meet the daily requirements of our business. For financial institutions, demand for funds results principally from extensions of credit and withdrawal of deposits. Liquidity is provided through deposits and short-term and long-term borrowings, by asset maturities, prepayments or sales, and through equity capital.

      The objectives of liquidity management are to ensure that funds will be available to meet current and future demands and that funds are available at a reasonable cost. We manage liquidity centrally via daily interaction with the lines of business and periodic liquidity planning sessions. Since loans are less marketable than securities, the ratio of total loans to total deposits is a traditional measure of liquidity for banks and bank holding companies. At December 31, 2004, the ratio of loans and loans held for sale to total deposits was 128%. We are comfortable with this relatively high level due to our position in first mortgage loans held for sale ($0.7 billion) and second mortgage loans and leases financed through matched-term secured financing ($0.6 billion). The mortgage loans carry an interest rate at or near current market rates and are generally sold within a short period after origination. Excluding these items, our loans to deposit ratio at December 31, 2004 was 91%.

      As disclosed in the footnotes to the Consolidated Financial Statements, we have certain obligations to make future payments under contracts. At December 31, 2004, the aggregate contractual obligations are:

                                   
Payments Due by Period

Less than One to After
Total One Year Five Years Five Years




(Dollars in thousands)
Deposits with contractual maturity
  $ 849,853     $ 596,997     $ 250,626     $ 2,230  
Deposits without a stated maturity
    2,545,411       2,545,411              
Short-term borrowings
    237,277       235,451             1,826  
Collateralized debt
    547,477       247,189       262,474       37,814  
Other long-term debt
    270,172       47             270,125  
Operating leases
    65,435       20,259       30,720       14,456  
     
     
     
     
 
 
Total
  $ 4,515,625     $ 3,645,354     $ 543,820     $ 326,451  
     
     
     
     
 

      The table above describes our on-balance sheet contractual obligations. As described in the line of business sections, both mortgage banking and home equity lending fund a high percentage of their loan production via whole loan sales and/or asset securitization. It is, therefore, important to note that loan sales/securitizations that occur frequently in our first mortgage loan and home equity loan businesses have proven reliable (e.g., even in unstable market environments such as the weeks after September 11th, 2001) and are an important element in our liquidity management. That reliability notwithstanding, we have policies and procedures in place for contingency liquidity actions should these secondary markets be closed for short periods of time. Our contingency planning simulations suggest that secondary market disruptions lasting more than a couple weeks would, however, cause us in most scenarios to need to curtail loan production until those markets could recover and are once again fully functioning.

      The mortgage banking line of business sells virtually all of its mortgage loan originations within 30 days of funding, taking them off our balance sheet. Therefore, the on-balance sheet funding of first mortgage loans is for the brief period of time from origination to sale/securitization. In 2004, the home equity lending line of business produced $1.4 billion and the sum of home equity loan sales and secured financings totaled $1.7 billion.

      Beginning in 2002, home equity loan securitizations were retained on-balance sheet, moving away from gain-on-sale treatment. As a result, both the securitized assets and the funding from the securitization are now reflected on the balance sheet. From a liquidity perspective, the securitizations in 2002 through 2004 provided

69


Table of Contents

matched funding for the life of the loans making up the securitizations unless we choose to utilize a “clean-up” call provision to terminate the securitization funding early. A “clean-up call” typically is optional at our discretion. It can typically be made once outstanding loan balances in the securitization fall below 10% of the original loan balance in the securitization. Bond principal payments are dependent upon principal collections on the underlying loans. Prepayment speeds can affect the timing and amount of loan principal payments. The table of contractual obligations above reflects our current estimate of the principal collection on these loans.

      Deposits consist of three primary types: non-maturity transaction account deposits, certificates of deposit (CDs), and escrow account deposits. Core deposits exclude jumbo CDs, brokered CDs, public funds and mortgage escrow deposits, although the escrow deposits exhibit core-like maturity characteristics. Core deposits totaled $2.2 billion at December 31, 2004 compared to $1.8 billion at December 31, 2003.

      Non-maturity transaction account deposits are generated by our commercial banking line of business and include deposits placed into checking, savings, money market and other types of deposit accounts by our customers. These types of deposits have no contractual maturity date and may be withdrawn at any time. While these balances fluctuate daily, a large percentage typically remains for much longer. At December 31, 2004, these deposit types totaled $1.9 billion, an increase of $0.8 billion from December 31, 2003. We monitor overall deposit balances daily with particular attention given to larger accounts that have the potential for larger daily fluctuations and which are at greater risk to be withdrawn should there be an industry-wide or bank-specific event that might cause uninsured depositors to be concerned about the safety of their deposits. On a monthly basis we model the expected impact on liquidity from moderate and severe liquidity stress scenarios as one of our tools to ensure that our liquidity is sufficient.

      CDs differ from non-contractual maturity accounts in that they do have contractual maturity dates. We issue CDs both directly to customers and through brokers. CDs issued directly to customers totaled $0.5 billion at December 31, 2004 and December 31, 2003. Brokered CDs are typically considered to have higher liquidity (renewal) risk than CDs issued directly to customers, since brokered CDs are often done in large blocks and since a direct relationship does not exist with the depositor. In recognition of this, we manage the size and maturity structure of brokered CDs closely. For example, the maturities of brokered CDs are laddered to mitigate liquidity risk. CDs issued through brokers totaled $0.3 billion at December 31, 2004, and had an average remaining life of 14 months as compared to $0.3 billion outstanding with an 18 month average remaining life at December 31, 2003.

      Escrow account deposits are related to the servicing of our first mortgage loans. When a first mortgage borrower makes a monthly mortgage payment, consisting of interest and principal due on the loan and often a real estate tax and insurance portion, we hold the payment on a non-interest earning basis, except where otherwise required by law, until the payment is remitted to the current owner of the loan or the proper tax authority and insurance carrier. Escrow deposits may also include proceeds from the payoff of loans in our servicing portfolio prior to the transmission of those proceeds to investors. At December 31, 2004 these escrow balances totaled $0.7 billion, compared to $0.6 billion at December 31, 2003.

      Short-term borrowings consist of borrowings from several sources. Our largest borrowing source is the Federal Home Loan Bank of Indianapolis (FHLBI). We utilize their collateralized borrowing programs to help fund qualifying first mortgage, home equity and commercial real estate loans. As of December 31, 2004, FHLBI borrowings outstanding totaled $0.1 billion, a $0.2 billion decrease from December 31, 2003. We had sufficient collateral pledged to FHLBI at December 31, 2004 to borrow an additional $0.7 billion, if needed.

      In addition to borrowings from the FHLBI, we use other lines of credit as needed. At December 31, 2004, the amount of short-term borrowings outstanding on our major credit lines and the total amount of the borrowing lines were as follows:

  •  Warehouse lines of credit to fund first mortgages and home equity loans: none outstanding on a $300 million borrowing facility, of which $150 million is committed
 
  •  Warehouse borrowing facilities to fund first mortgage loans: none outstanding on a $150 million committed borrowing facility

70


Table of Contents

  •  Lines of credit with correspondent banks, including fed funds lines: none outstanding out of $165 million available but not committed
 
  •  Line of credit with a correspondent bank collateralized by mortgage servicing rights: none outstanding out of $50 million committed borrowing facility
 
  •  Warehouse lines of credit to fund Canadian sourced small ticket leases: $166 million outstanding on $283 million of borrowing facilities

      In addition to short-term borrowings from the aforementioned credit lines, sale facilities are used to effect sale of Government Sponsored Enterprise (GSE) conforming first mortgage loans before scheduled GSE settlement dates. The first two of these sale facilities listed below have specific dollar limits as noted. The size of the third facility is limited only by the amount of mortgage-backed securities we can package for purchase by the facility provider. At December 31, 2004, the amount unsettled by the GSE on these facilities and the total facility amount were as follows:

  •  Committed warehouse sale facility: $343 million unsettled on a $600 million facility
 
  •  Uncommitted warehouse sale facility: none unsettled on a $150 million facility
 
  •  Investor warehouse sale facility: $81 million unsettled

      Interest Rate Risk. Because all of our assets are not perfectly match-funded with like-term liabilities, our earnings are affected by interest rate changes. Interest rate risk is measured by the sensitivity of both net interest income and fair market value of net interest sensitive assets to changes in interest rates.

      An asset/liability management committee (ALMC) at each of our lines of business that has interest rate risk monitors the repricing structure of assets, liabilities and off-balance sheet items and uses a financial simulation model to measure the potential change in market value of all interest-sensitive assets and liabilities and also the potential change in earnings resulting from changes in interest rates. Our corporate-level ALMC oversees the interest rate risk profile of all of our lines of business as a whole and is represented at each of the line of business ALMCs. We incorporate many factors into the financial model, including prepayment speeds, deposit rate forecasts for non-maturity transaction accounts, caps and floors that exist on some variable rate instruments, fee income and a comprehensive mark-to-market valuation process. We reevaluate risk measures and assumptions regularly and enhance modeling tools as needed.

      Our commercial banking, home equity lending, and commercial finance lines of business assume interest rate risk in the form of repricing structure mismatches between their loans and leases and funding sources. We manage this risk by adjusting the duration of their interest sensitive liabilities and through the use of hedging via financial derivatives.

      Our mortgage banking line of business assumes interest rate risk by entering into commitments to extend loans to borrowers at a fixed rate for a limited period of time. We hold closed loans only temporarily until a pool is formed and sold in a securitization or under a flow sale arrangement. To mitigate the risk that interest rates will rise between loan origination and sale, the mortgage bank buys commitments to deliver loans at a fixed price. Interest rate risk also exists for the mortgage pipeline period, which is the period starting when a rate lock commitment is made and ending at the time a loan originates or the rate lock expires. To mitigate this risk, the mortgage bank also buys commitments to deliver loans at a fixed rate for a portion of our pipeline.

      Our mortgage, commercial banking and home equity lines of business all assume interest rate risk by holding mortgage servicing rights (MSRs). These assets are recorded at lower of cost or fair market value. Among other items, a key determinant to the value of MSRs is the prevailing level of interest rates. We purchase derivative securities to mitigate the expected volatility in the value of these assets.

      Our mortgage, commercial banking and home equity lending lines of business also are exposed to the risk that interest rates will decline, possibly increasing prepayment speeds on loans and decreasing the value of servicing assets and residual interests. Some offsets to these exposures exist in the form of strong production operations, selective sales of servicing rights, match-funded asset-backed securities sales and the use of financial instruments to manage the economic performance of the assets. Since there are accounting timing

71


Table of Contents

differences between the recognition of gains or losses on financial derivatives and the realization of economic gains or losses on certain offsetting exposures (e.g., strong production operations), our decisions on the degree to which we manage risk with derivative instruments to insulate against short-term price volatility depends on a variety of factors, including:

  •  the type of risk we are trying to mitigate;
 
  •  offsetting factors elsewhere in the Corporation;
 
  •  the level of current capital above our target minimums;
 
  •  time remaining in the quarter (i.e., days until quarter end);
 
  •  current level of derivative gain or loss relative to accounting and economic basis;
 
  •  basis risk: the degree to which the interest rates underlying our derivative instruments might not move parallel to the interest rate driving our asset valuation; and
 
  •  convexity: the degree to which asset values, or risk management derivative instrument values, do not change in a linear fashion as interest rates change; and
 
  •  volatility: the level of volatility in market interest rates and the related impact on our asset values and derivatives instrument values.

      This strategy may, at times, result in variability in inter-quarter results that are not reflective of underlying trends for the Corporation.

      The following tables reflect our estimate of the present value of interest sensitive assets, liabilities, and off-balance sheet items at December 31, 2004. In addition to showing the estimated fair market value at current rates, they also provide estimates of the fair market values of interest sensitive items based upon a hypothetical instantaneous and permanent move both up and down 100 and 200 basis points in the entire yield curve.

      The first table is an economic analysis showing the present value impact of changes in interest rates, assuming a comprehensive mark-to-market environment. The second table is an accounting analysis showing the same net present value impact, adjusted for expected GAAP treatment. Neither analysis takes into account the book values of the noninterest sensitive assets and liabilities (such as cash, accounts receivable, and fixed assets), the values of which are not directly determined by interest rates.

      The analyses are based on discounted cash flows over the remaining estimated lives of the financial instruments. The interest rate sensitivities apply only to transactions booked as of December 31, 2004, although certain accounts are normalized whereby the three- or six-month average balance is included rather than the quarter-end balance in order to avoid having the analysis skewed by a significant increase or decrease to an account balance at quarter end.

      The tables that follow should be used with caution.

  •  The net asset value sensitivities do not necessarily represent the changes in the lines of business’ net asset value that would actually occur under the given interest rate scenarios, as sensitivities do not reflect changes in value of the companies as a going concern, nor consider potential rebalancing or other management actions that might be taken in the future under asset/liability management as interest rates change.
 
  •  Specifically, the volume of derivative contracts entered into to manage the risk of MSRs fluctuates from quarter to quarter and within a given quarter, depending upon market conditions, the size of our MSR portfolio and various additional factors. We monitor derivative positions frequently and rebalance them as needed. Therefore, our derivative positions, shown in the table below as of December 31, 2004, may or may not be representative of our risk position during the succeeding quarter. Additionally, it is unlikely that the volume of derivative positions would remain constant over large fluctuations in

72


Table of Contents

  interest rates, although the tables below assume they do. MSR risk management derivative contracts appear under the category “Interest Sensitive Financial Derivatives” in the tables below.
 
  •  The tables below show modeled changes in interest rates for individual asset classes. Asset classes in our portfolio have interest rate sensitivity tied to different underlying indices or instruments. While the rate sensitivity of individual asset classes presented below is our best estimate of changes in value due to interest rate changes, the total “potential change” figures are subject to basis risk between value changes of individual assets and liabilities which has not been included in the model.
 
  •  Finally, few of the asset classes shown react to interest rate changes in a linear fashion. That is, the point estimates we have made at “Current” and “+/-2%” and “+/-1%” are good estimates at those amounts of rate change, but it may not be accurate to interpolate linearly between those points. This is most evident in products that contain optionality in payment timing or pricing such as mortgage servicing or nonmaturity transaction deposits.

Economic Value Change Method

                                         
Present Value at December 31, 2004
Change in Interest Rates of:

-2% -1% Current +1% +2%





(In thousands)
Interest Sensitive Assets
                                       
Loans and other assets
  $ 3,689,368     $ 3,655,587     $ 3,622,103     $ 3,588,543     $ 3,554,672  
Loans held for sale
    907,873       902,133       895,700       888,352       880,530  
Mortgage servicing rights
    184,880       232,037       372,034       521,421       588,866  
Residual interests
    60,925       58,777       56,101       53,354       49,918  
Interest sensitive financial derivatives
    44,392       41,244       552       (121,791 )     (279,384 )
     
     
     
     
     
 
Total interest sensitive assets
    4,887,438       4,889,778       4,946,490       4,929,879       4,794,602  
Interest Sensitive Liabilities
                                       
Deposits
    (3,373,289 )     (3,351,765 )     (3,335,683 )     (3,320,655 )     (3,306,159 )
Short-term borrowings(1)
    (399,886 )     (399,558 )     (399,233 )     (398,911 )     (398,593 )
Long-term debt
    (649,428 )     (643,364 )     (636,749 )     (629,307 )     (615,370 )
     
     
     
     
     
 
Total interest sensitive liabilities
    (4,422,603 )     (4,394,687 )     (4,371,665 )     (4,348,873 )     (4,320,122 )
Net market value as of December 31, 2004
  $ 464,835     $ 495,091     $ 574,825     $ 581,006     $ 474,480  
     
     
     
     
     
 
Change from current
  $ (109,990 )   $ (79,734 )   $     $ 6,181     $ (100,345 )
     
     
     
     
     
 
Net market value as of December 31, 2003
  $ 531,596     $ 567,923     $ 575,450     $ 645,981     $ 635,791  
     
     
     
     
     
 
Potential change
  $ (43,854 )   $ (7,527 )   $     $ 70,531     $ 60,341  
     
     
     
     
     
 


(1)  Includes certain debt which is categorized as “collateralized debt” in other sections of this document.

73


Table of Contents

GAAP-Based Value Change Method

                                         
Present Value at December 31, 2004
Change in Interest Rates of:

-2% -1% Current +1% +2%





(In thousands)
Interest Sensitive Assets
                                       
Loans and other assets(1)
  $     $     $     $     $  
Loans held for sale
    890,711       890,711       890,711       883,364       875,541  
Mortgage servicing rights
    181,366       228,111       367,032       406,627       414,743  
Residual interests
    60,925       58,777       56,101       53,354       49,918  
Interest sensitive financial derivatives
    44,392       41,244       552       (121,791 )     (279,384 )
     
     
     
     
     
 
Total interest sensitive assets
    1,177,394       1,218,843       1,314,396       1,221,554       1,060,818  
Interest Sensitive Liabilities
                                       
Deposits(1)
                             
Short-term borrowings(1)
                             
Long-term debt(1)
                             
     
     
     
     
     
 
Total interest sensitive liabilities(1)
                             
Net market value as of December 31, 2004
  $ 1,177,394     $ 1,218,843     $ 1,314,396     $ 1,221,554     $ 1,060,818  
     
     
     
     
     
 
Potential change
  $ (137,002 )   $ (95,553 )   $     $ (92,842 )   $ (253,578 )
     
     
     
     
     
 
Net market value as of December 31, 2003
  $ 1,260,307     $ 1,303,782     $ 1,313,410     $ 1,279,691     $ 1,222,645  
     
     
     
     
     
 
Potential change
  $ (53,103 )   $ (9,628 )   $     $ (33,719 )   $ (90,765 )
     
     
     
     
     
 


(1)  Value does not change in GAAP presentation.

      Operational risk. Operational risk is the risk of loss resulting from inadequate or failed internal processes, people and systems or from external events. Irwin Financial, like other financial services organizations, is exposed to a variety of operational risks. These risks include regulatory, reputational and legal risks, as well as the potential for processing errors, internal or external fraud, failure of computer systems, and external events that are beyond the control of the Corporation, such as natural disasters.

      Our Board of Directors has ultimate responsibility for approving the level of operational risk assumed by us. The Board guides management by approving our business strategy and significant policies. Our management and Board have also established and continue to improve a control environment that encourages a high degree of awareness and proactivity in alerting senior management and the Board to potential control issues on a timely basis.

      The Board has directed that primary responsibility for the management of operational risk rests with the managers of our business units, who are responsible for establishing and maintaining internal control procedures that are appropriate for their operations. In 2002, we started implementing a multi-year program to provide a more integrated firm-wide approach for the identification, measurement, monitoring and mitigation of operational risk. The enterprise-wide operational risk oversight function reports to the Chief Risk Officer, who in turn reports to the Audit and Risk Management Committee of our Board of Directors and chairs our Enterprise-Wide Risk Management Committee. We have an enterprise-wide compliance oversight function. The compliance oversight function reports to our Chief Risk Officer. We have developed Risk and Control Summaries (RACS) for our key business processes. Line of business and corporate-level managers use the RACS to assist in identifying operational and other risks for the purpose of monitoring and strengthening internal and disclosure controls. Our Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer and Board of Directors, as well as the Boards of our subsidiaries, use the RACS to assist in overseeing and assessing the adequacy of

74


Table of Contents

our internal and disclosure controls, including the adequacy of our controls over financial reporting as required by section 404 of the Sarbanes Oxley Act and FDICIA.

      The financial services business is highly regulated. Failure to comply with these regulations could result in substantial monetary or other damages that could be material to our financial position. Statutes and regulations may change in the future. We cannot predict what effect these changes, if made, will have on our operations. It should be noted that the supervision, regulation and examination of banks, thrifts and mortgage companies by regulatory agencies are intended primarily for the protection of depositors and other customers rather than shareholders of these institutions.

      We are registered as a bank holding company with the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended, and the related regulations. We are subject to regulation, supervision and examination by the Federal Reserve, and as part of this process we must file reports and additional information with the Federal Reserve. The regulation, supervision and examinations occur at the local, state and federal levels and involve, but are not limited to minimum capital requirements, consumer protection, community reinvestment, and deposit insurance.

 
Off-Balance Sheet Instruments

      In the normal course of our business as a provider of financial services, we are party to certain financial instruments with off-balance sheet risk to meet the financial needs of our customers. These financial instruments include loan commitments and standby letters of credit. Those instruments involve, to varying degrees, elements of credit and interest rate risk in excess of the amounts recognized on the consolidated balance sheet. We follow the same credit policies in making commitments and contractual obligations as we do for our on-balance sheet instruments.

      Our exposure to credit loss, in the form of nonperformance by the counterparty on commitments to extend credit and standby letters of credit, is represented by the contractual amount of those instruments. Collateral pledged for standby letters of credit and commitments varies but may include accounts receivable; inventory; property, plant, and equipment; and residential real estate. Total outstanding commitments to extend credit at December 31, 2004 and December 31, 2003, respectively, were $719.7 million and $546.5 million. We had $24.6 million and $30.8 million in irrevocable standby letters of credit outstanding at December 31, 2004 and December 31, 2003, respectively.

 
Derivative Financial Instruments

      Financial derivatives are used as part of the overall asset/liability risk management process. We use certain derivative instruments that do not qualify for hedge accounting treatment under SFAS 133. These derivatives are classified as “Other assets” and “Other liabilities” and marked to market on the income statement. While we do not seek GAAP hedge accounting treatment for the assets that these instruments are hedging, the economic purpose of these instruments is to manage the risk inherent in existing exposures to either interest rate risk or foreign currency risk.

      In March 2003, we entered into an interest rate swap that has a notional amount (which does not represent the amount at risk) of $25 million as of December 31, 2004. Under the terms of the swap agreement, we receive a fixed rate of interest and pay a floating rate of interest based upon one-month LIBOR. We recognized a loss of $0.2 million included in “derivative gains (losses)” during the year ended December 31, 2004 related to this swap. By receiving a fixed rate of interest and paying a floating rate on the swap, we are “converting” the economics of a $25 million fixed rate-funding source into a floating rate funding source. Additionally, we entered into an interest rate swap that met the criteria for the application of SFAS 133 hedge treatment accounting. This swap has a notional amount (which does not represent the amount of risk) of $10 million to hedge a fixed rate certificate of deposit. Under the terms of the swap agreement, we receive a fixed rate of interest and pay a floating rate of interest based upon three-month LIBOR.

75


Table of Contents

      We enter into forward contracts to protect against interest rate fluctuations from the date of mortgage loan commitment until the loans are sold. A portion of the transactions hedging the closed mortgage loans qualifies for hedge accounting treatment under SFAS 133. The notional amount of our forward contracts (which does not represent the amount at risk) totaled $1.0 billion at December 31, 2004. The closed mortgage loans hedged by forward contracts qualify for hedge accounting treatment under SFAS 133. The basis of the hedged closed loans is adjusted for change in value associated with the risk being hedged. We value closed loan contracts at period end based upon the current secondary market value of securities with similar characteristics. The unrealized loss on our forward contracts at December 31, 2004 was $0.5 million and the hedge ineffectiveness in 2004 was a loss of $2.7 million. The effect of these hedging activities was recorded through earnings as a component of “Gain from sale of loans.”

      We enter into commitments to originate mortgage loans whereby the interest rate on the loan is determined prior to funding (rate lock commitments). Rate lock commitments on loans intended to be sold are considered to be derivatives. We record changes in the fair value of these commitments based upon the current secondary market value of securities with similar characteristics. For 2004, a net decrease in fair value of these derivatives totaling $6.5 million was recorded in “Gain from sale of loans.” At December 31, 2004, we had a notional amount of rate lock commitments outstanding totaling $0.9 billion with a fair value of $1.5 million. Notional amounts do not represent the amount of risk.

      Our commercial finance line of business delivered fixed rate leases into conduits that fund them with floating rate commercial paper, which creates an interest rate risk mismatch.

  •  In two instances, this funding mismatch is lessened by a combination of amortizing interest rate caps and Eurodollar futures contracts. The interest rate caps have a strike price of 5% and provide protection against a large increase in short-term interest rates. As of December 31, 2004, the notional value and 2004 loss on the interest rate caps were $26 million and $43 thousand, respectively. As of December 31, 2004, the total notional amount and year-to-date gain on the Eurodollar futures were $95 million and $40 thousand, respectively.
 
  •  Beginning in the fourth quarter of 2003, on several occasions we have delivered fixed rate leases into a second commercial paper conduit. Although the leases and funding were in Canadian dollars (CAD), the interest rate mismatch is similar in nature to that described above. To lessen the repricing mismatch between fixed rate CAD-denominated leases and floating rate CAD commercial paper, a series of four amortizing CAD interest rate swaps have been executed, although Irwin is only a counterparty on three of the swaps. The fourth swap is between the commercial paper conduit and an outside party, but affects the conduit funding cost that is charged to Irwin. For the first and second of the three swaps on Irwin’s books, we pay a fixed rate of interest and receive a floating rate. For the third swap, we pay a floating rate of interest and receive a fixed rate. The U.S. dollar-equivalents of the CAD-based notional and year-to-date losses on these swaps at December 31, 2004 were $176.4 million and $0.6 million, respectively.

      Certain of our home equity fixed rate residual interests are funded with floating rate liabilities. Starting in the first quarter of 2004, we began entering into Eurodollar futures contracts to manage such mismatches. The original positions taken are typically rebalanced quarterly. The current notional value outstanding is $495 million (which does not represent the amount at risk) with expiration dates ranging from March 2005 through September 2006. As of December 31, 2004, the fair value and year-to-date gain recorded on these contracts were $0.5 million and $0.9 million, respectively.

      In connection with certain of our whole loan servicing retained second mortgage sales we have the opportunity to earn an additional incentive servicing fee (ISF) in the future. The whole loan sales have been to firms, (the buyers) who securitize the loans and contract with us to service the loans. We recognize a mortgage servicing asset or liability for these contracts. As a part of the buyers’ securitizations, the buyers issue an Incentive Servicing Agreement to us as Master Servicer. Once a pre-established return for the certificate holders has been met, the ISF provides potential cash payments to us in the event certain structure-specific loan credit and servicing performance metrics are met. We have characterized these contracts as derivative instruments. Included in “Derivative gains or losses” for the year ended December 31, 2004 was a

76


Table of Contents

$4.5 million gain related to these incentive servicing fees based upon actual and projected performance of the underlying pools of loans. Of the $4.5 million recognized during the year, $1.0 million was the result of cash collections and $3.5 million represented the projected value of future cash payments, present valued using a discount rate of 30%. In total, we have sold $0.7 billion in loans for which we hold such derivative contracts. Our accounting policy is to recognize a derivative asset on a mark-to-market basis at such time that the credit and prepayment performance models we use for valuing like pools of loans indicate that we are more likely than not to receive cash payments on the derivatives. We use assumptions to value the ISFs that we believe market participants would use to value similar assets. As of December 31, 2004, only two of six whole loan sales representing $101.6 million of underlying loans have met this expected performance trigger.

      We manage the interest rate risk associated with our mortgage servicing rights at our mortgage banking and commercial banking lines of business through the use of swaptions and Eurodollar futures contracts. Both the options and futures contracts were marked-to-market and included in “Other assets” with changes in value recorded in the consolidated income statements as “Derivative gains or losses.” At December 31, 2004, we held open swaption positions with a notional value (which does not represent the amount at risk) totaling $9.7 billion, with a final maturity ranging from January 2005 to March 2005. In 2004 we recorded gains on swaptions, including premiums paid, totaling $23.5 million. We held no Eurodollar futures contracts at December 31, 2004, but we recorded losses of $4.4 million on contracts held during the year. The size and mix of these positions change during the year, so period-end positions may not be indicative of our net risk exposure throughout the year.

      We are subject to basis risk in the management of our servicing portfolio. Currently, the basis risk is moving in a manner opposite to historic patterns, negatively affecting management of these assets. As discussed in more detail in the section of this report on “Interest Rate Risk,” we have approximately $1.6 million of mortgage servicing rights at risk to each one basis point change in interest rates. We typically counter-act this risk with the use of derivatives with a similar basis point value. Over time, this hedge has performed well in mitigating loss in value when interest rates have declined and has been structured in such a manner so that we can recapture some of the increase in value of servicing rights as rates rise, without losing an equal amount on our derivatives. Over the past six months, however, basis risk in our servicing asset and derivative position has caused our hedging position to be less effective than it has been historically as recent declines in mortgage rates has not been matched with equal declines in swap rates.

      Finally, while basis risk exhibits stability over longer periods of time, over shorter periods there can be separation in the relative spreads of interest rates and indices used to value mortgage servicing rights and the financial derivatives we use to hedge the change in value in mortgage servicing rights. At times this basis risk benefits us and at other times it does not. It is generally not possible to eliminate this basis risk. It is possible, therefore, that our balanced revenue strategy may be successful as measured over several quarters or years, but may have market-based variances if measured over short periods such as quarters.

      We own foreign currency forward contracts to protect the U.S. dollar value of intercompany loans made to Onset Capital Corporation that are denominated in Canadian dollars. We had a notional amount of $48 million in forward contracts outstanding as of December 31, 2004. In 2004 we recognized losses on these contracts of $3.2 million. These contracts are marked-to-market with gains and losses included in “Derivative gains or losses” on the consolidated income statements. The foreign currency transaction gain on the intercompany loans was $2.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2004.

 
Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

      The quantitative and qualitative disclosures about market risk are reported in the Interest Rate Risk section of Item 7, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” found on pages 71 through 74.

77


Table of Contents

 
Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data
 
Management Report on Responsibility for Financial Reporting

      The management of Irwin Financial Corporation and its subsidiaries has the responsibility of preparing the accompanying financial statements and for their integrity and objectivity. The statements were prepared in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles and are not misstated due to fraud or material error. The financial statements include amounts that are based on management’s best estimates and judgments. Management also prepared the other information in the annual report and is responsible for its accuracy and consistency with the financial statements.

      Our financial statements have been audited by PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, independent registered public accounting firm. Management has made available to PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP all of Irwin Financial’s financial records and related data, as well as the minutes of stockholders’ and directors’ meetings. Furthermore, management believes that all representations made to PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP during its audit were valid and appropriate.

      Management also recognizes its responsibility for fostering a strong ethical climate so that our affairs are conducted according to the highest standards of personal and corporate conduct. This responsibility is articulated in our Guiding Philosophy, a condensed version of which has been published in our annual report since 1995. Employees at all levels of the Corporation are trained in our Guiding Philosophy. This responsibility is also reflected in our Code of Conduct. The Code of Conduct addresses, among other things, the necessity of ensuring open communication within Irwin Financial; potential conflicts of interest; compliance with all domestic and foreign laws, including those related to financial disclosures; and confidentiality of proprietary information. We maintain a systematic program to assess compliance with these policies.

     

-s- William K. Miller


William I. Miller
Chairman and
Chief Executive Officer
  -s- Gregory F. Ehlinger


Gregory F. Ehlinger
Senior Vice President and
Chief Financial Officer

78


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Shareholders and Board of Directors of

Irwin Financial Corporation:

We have completed an integrated audit of Irwin Financial Corporation’s 2004 consolidated financial statements and of its internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2004 and audits of its 2003 and 2002 consolidated financial statements in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Our opinions, based on our audits, are presented below.

Consolidated financial statements

In our opinion, the accompanying consolidated balance sheets and the related consolidated statements of income, of changes in shareholders’ equity and of cash flows present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Irwin Financial Corporation and its subsidiaries at December 31, 2004 and 2003, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2004 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits. We conducted our audits of these statements in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit of financial statements includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

Internal control over financial reporting

Also, in our opinion, management’s assessment, included in Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting appearing in Item 9A of this Report on Form 10-K, that the Company maintained effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2004 based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO), is fairly stated, in all material respects, based on those criteria. Furthermore, in our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2004, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the COSO. The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting. Our responsibility is to express opinions on management’s assessment and on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit. We conducted our audit of internal control over financial reporting in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. An audit of internal control over financial reporting includes obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, evaluating management’s assessment, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control, and performing such other procedures as we consider necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinions.

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

-s- PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

New York, New York
March 8, 2005

79


Table of Contents

IRWIN FINANCIAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

                       
December 31,

2004 2003


(Dollars in thousands)
Assets:
               
Cash and cash equivalents — Note 2
  $ 97,101     $ 140,810  
Interest-bearing deposits with financial institutions
    58,936       81,166  
Residual interests — Note 3
    56,101       71,491  
Investment securities — held-to-maturity (Fair value: $4,952 in 2004 and $24,971 in 2003) — Note 4
    4,942       24,956  
Investment securities — available-for-sale — Note 4
    103,280       67,569  
Loans held for sale
    890,711       883,895  
Loans and leases, net of unearned income — Note 5
    3,450,440       3,161,054  
Less: Allowance for loan and lease losses — Note 6
    (44,443 )     (64,285 )
     
     
 
Loans and leases, net
    3,405,997       3,096,769  
Servicing assets — Note 7
    367,032       380,123  
Accounts receivable
    122,131       62,045  
Accrued interest receivable
    15,428       15,502  
Premises and equipment — Note 8
    30,240       32,208  
Other assets
    87,442       131,825  
     
     
 
   
Total assets
  $ 5,239,341     $ 4,988,359  
     
     
 
 
Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity:
               
Deposits
               
 
Noninterest-bearing
  $ 975,925     $ 850,529  
 
Interest-bearing
    1,774,727       1,352,763  
 
Certificates of deposit over $100,000
    644,611       696,370  
     
     
 
      3,395,263       2,899,662  
Short-term borrowings — Note 10
    237,277       429,758  
Collateralized debt — Note 11
    547,477       590,131  
Other long-term debt — Note 12
    270,172       270,184  
Other liabilities
    286,508       366,364  
     
     
 
   
Total liabilities
    4,736,697       4,556,099  
     
     
 
Commitments and contingencies — Notes 13, 14 and 15
               
Shareholders’ equity
               
 
Preferred stock, no par value — authorized 4,000,000 shares; none issued
           
 
Common stock, no par value — authorized 40,000,000 shares; issued 29,612,080 shares as of December 31, 2004 and 2003; including 1,159,684 and 1,477,778, shares in treasury as of December 31, 2004 and 2003, respectively
    112,000       112,000  
 
Additional paid-in capital
    383       1,264  
 
Deferred compensation
    (660 )     (504 )
 
Accumulated other comprehensive income, net of deferred income tax benefit of $129 and expense of $120 as of December 31, 2004 and 2003, respectively
    2,454       182  
 
Retained earnings
    413,486       352,647  
     
     
 
      527,663       465,589  
     
Less treasury stock, at cost
    (25,019 )     (33,329 )
     
     
 
     
Total shareholders’ equity
    502,644       432,260  
     
     
 
     
Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity
  $ 5,239,341     $ 4,988,359  
     
     
 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

80


Table of Contents

IRWIN FINANCIAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME

                             
For the Year Ended December 31,

2004 2003 2002



(Dollars in thousands,
except per share)
Interest income:
                       
Loans and leases
  $ 246,288     $ 241,592     $ 218,718  
Loans held for sale
    80,003       104,350       55,336  
Residual interests
    12,509       20,651       34,164  
Investment securities
    5,330       4,273       3,120  
Federal funds sold
    173       118       104  
     
     
     
 
   
Total interest income
    344,303       370,984       311,442  
     
     
     
 
Interest expense:
                       
Deposits
    44,487       42,365       54,361  
Short-term borrowings
    9,583       14,889       15,003  
Collateralized debt
    15,259       15,369       5,932  
Other long-term debt
    22,896       2,325       2,699  
Preferred securities distribution
          24,151       19,800  
     
     
     
 
   
Total interest expense
    92,225       99,099       97,795  
     
     
     
 
Net interest income
    252,078       271,885       213,647  
Provision for loan and lease losses — Note 6
    14,195       47,583       43,996  
     
     
     
 
Net interest income after provision for loan and lease losses
    237,883       224,302       169,651  
Other income:
                       
Loan servicing fees
    135,608       106,966       73,505  
Amortization of servicing assets — Note 7
    (117,143 )     (135,519 )     (62,191 )
Recovery (impairment) of servicing assets — Note 7
    (2,474 )     44,516       (146,370 )
     
     
     
 
 
Net loan administration income (loss)
    15,991       15,963       (135,056 )
Gain from sales of loans
    184,913       364,644       237,729  
Gain (loss) on sale of mortgage servicing assets
    16,681       (271 )     14,842  
Trading gains (losses), net
    25,209       (52,242 )     (26,032 )
Derivative gains (losses), net
    21,113       (44,142 )     124,615  
Other
    23,143       22,191       18,039  
     
     
     
 
      287,050       306,143       234,137  
Other expense:
                       
Salaries
    213,826       225,348       165,564  
Pension and other employee benefits
    45,037       42,079       33,928  
Office expense
    17,677       21,804       18,225  
Premises and equipment
    41,558       41,746       34,392  
Marketing and development
    13,799       15,132       12,296  
Professional fees
    19,356       12,417       9,611  
Other
    55,982       53,517       43,541  
     
     
     
 
      407,235       412,043       317,557  
     
     
     
 
Income before income taxes
    117,698       118,402       86,231  
Provision for income taxes
    47,794       45,585       33,398  
     
     
     
 
Income before cumulative effect of change in accounting principle
    69,904       72,817       52,833  
Cumulative effect of change in accounting principle, net of tax
                495  
     
     
     
 
Net income
  $ 69,904     $ 72,817     $ 53,328  
     
     
     
 
Earnings per share before cumulative effect of change in accounting principle: — Note 20
                       
 
Basic
  $ 2.47     $ 2.61     $ 1.97  
     
     
     
 
 
Diluted
  $ 2.32     $ 2.45     $ 1.87  
     
     
     
 
Earnings per share: — Note 20
                       
 
Basic
  $ 2.47     $ 2.61     $ 1.99  
     
     
     
 
 
Diluted
  $ 2.32     $ 2.45     $ 1.89  
     
     
     
 
Dividends per share
  $ 0.32     $ 0.28     $ 0.27  
     
     
     
 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

81


Table of Contents

IRWIN FINANCIAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

                                                                     
Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive Additional
Retained Income Deferred Paid in Common Preferred Treasury
Total Earnings (Loss) Compensation Capital Stock Stock Stock








(Dollars in thousands)
Balance at January 1, 2002
  $ 231,665     $ 241,725     $ (325 )   $ (449 )   $ 4,426     $ 29,965     $ 1,386     $ (45,063 )
 
Net income
    53,328       53,328                                                  
 
Unrealized loss on investment securities net of $115 tax benefit
    (172 )             (172 )                                        
 
Unrealized loss on interest rate cap net of $49 tax benefit
    (73 )             (73 )                                        
 
Foreign currency adjustment
    67               67                                          
 
Minimum SERP liability
    (639 )             (639 )                                        
     
                                                         
   
Total comprehensive income
    52,511                                                          
Other adjustments
    287       78               209                                  
Cash dividends
    (7,469 )     (7,469 )                                                
Sale of 6,210,000 shares of common stock
    82,035                                       82,035                  
Conversion of preferred stock to 120,441 shares common
                                                  (1,386 )     1,386  
Tax benefit on stock option exercises
    516                               516                          
Treasury stock:
                                                               
 
Purchase of 58,635 shares
    (1,176 )                                                     (1,176 )
 
Sales of 194,518 shares
    2,186                               (1,336 )                     3,522  
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
Balance at December 31, 2002
  $ 360,555     $ 287,662     $ (1,142 )   $ (240 )   $ 3,606     $ 112,000     $     $ (41,331 )
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
 
Net income
    72,817       72,817                                                  
 
Unrealized loss on investment securities net of $17 tax benefit
    (25 )             (25 )                                        
 
Unrealized loss on interest rate cap net of $46 tax benefit
    (69 )             (69 )                                        
 
Foreign currency adjustment
    1,136               1,136                                          
 
Minimum SERP liability net of $188 tax liability
    282               282                                          
     
                                                         
   
Total comprehensive income
    74,141                                                          
Deferred compensation
    (264 )                     (264 )                                
Cash dividends
    (7,832 )     (7,832 )                                                
Tax benefit on stock option exercises
    2,032                               2,032                          
Treasury stock:
                                                               
 
Purchase of 170,940 shares
    (4,201 )                                                     (4,201 )
 
Sales of 533,785 shares
    7,829                             (4,374 )                     12,203  
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
Balance at December 31, 2003
  $ 432,260     $ 352,647     $ 182     $ (504 )   $ 1,264     $ 112,000     $     $ (33,329 )
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
 
Net income
    69,904       69,904                                                  
 
Unrealized gain on investment securities net of $86 tax liability
    129               129                                          
 
Unrealized gain on interest rate cap net of $131 tax liability
    197               197                                          
 
Foreign currency adjustment
    1,843               1,843                                          
 
Minimum SERP liability net of $69 tax liability
    103               103                                          
     
                                                         
   
Total comprehensive income
    72,176                                                          
Deferred compensation
    (156 )                     (156 )                                
Cash dividends
    (9,065 )     (9,065 )                                                
Tax benefit on stock option exercises
    1,044                               1,044                          
Treasury stock:
                                                               
 
Purchase of 12,718 shares
    (407 )                                                     (407 )
 
Sales of 330,812 shares
    6,792                             (1,925 )                     8,717  
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
Balance at December 31, 2004
  $ 502,644     $ 413,486     $ 2,454     $ (660 )   $ 383     $ 112,000     $     $ (25,019 )
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

82


Table of Contents

IRWIN FINANCIAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

                           
For the Years Ended December 31,

2004 2003 2002



(Dollars in thousands)
Net income
  $ 69,904     $ 72,817     $ 53,328  
Adjustments to reconcile net income to cash provided (used) by operating activities:
                       
Depreciation, amortization, and accretion, net
    8,987       9,433       11,451  
Amortization and impairment of servicing assets
    119,617       91,003       208,561  
Provision for loan and lease losses
    14,195       47,583       43,996  
Deferred income tax
    13,593       43,259       (55,171 )
(Gain) loss on sale of mortgage servicing assets
    (16,681 )     271       (14,842 )
Gain from sales of loans held for sale
    (184,913 )     (364,644 )     (237,729 )
Originations and purchases of loans held for sale
    (14,780,501 )     (24,393,534 )     (12,226,408 )
Proceeds from sales and repayments of loans held for sale
    14,814,198       25,005,632       11,469,245  
Proceeds from sale of mortgage servicing assets
    52,844       89       40,597  
Net decrease in residual interests
    15,390       86,023       41,558  
Net increase in accounts receivable
    (60,086 )     (6,118 )     (14,100 )
Other, net
    (50,941 )     5,097       32,657  
     
     
     
 
 
Net cash provided (used) by operating activities
    15,606       596,911       (646,857 )
     
     
     
 
Lending and investing activities:
                       
Proceeds from maturities/calls of investment securities:
                       
 
Held-to-maturity
    118,063       682       716  
 
Available-for-sale
    1,583       78,886       5,665  
Purchase of investment securities:
                       
 
Held-to-maturity
    (98,395 )     (21,333 )      
 
Available-for-sale
    (36,791 )     (82,868 )     (35,660 )
Net decrease (increase) in interest-bearing deposits
    22,230       (46,748 )     (20,690 )
Net increase in loans, excluding sales
    (367,303 )     (422,569 )     (718,319 )
Proceeds from sale of loans
    45,592       45,454       27,024  
Other, net
    (5,642 )     (7,484 )     (4,931 )
     
     
     
 
 
Net cash used by lending and investing activities
    (320,663 )     (455,980 )     (746,195 )
     
     
     
 
Financing activities:
                       
Net increase in deposits
    495,601       205,851       385,382  
Net (decrease) increase in short-term borrowings
    (192,481 )     (563,366 )     505,161  
(Repayments of) proceeds from the issuance of long-term debt
    (12 )     (11 )     70  
Proceeds from issuance of collateralized debt
    514,223       443,989       434,968  
Repayments of collateralized debt
    (554,445 )     (242,327 )     (43,543 )
Proceeds from issuance of trust preferred securities
          50,000       34,500  
Redemption of trust preferred securities
          (50,000 )      
Proceeds from the sale of stock for equity offering
                82,035  
Purchase of treasury stock for employee benefit plans
    (407 )     (4,201 )     (1,176 )
Proceeds from sale of stock for employee benefit plans
    7,836       9,777       2,702  
Dividends paid
    (9,065 )     (7,832 )     (7,469 )
     
     
     
 
 
Net cash provided (used) by financing activities
    261,250       (158,120 )     1,392,630  
     
     
     
 
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash
    98       228       (30 )
     
     
     
 
Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents
    (43,709 )     (16,961 )     (452 )
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period
    140,810       157,771       158,223  
     
     
     
 
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period
  $ 97,101     $ 140,810     $ 157,771  
     
     
     
 
Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information:
                       
Cash flow during the period:
                       
 
Interest paid
  $ 93,319     $ 102,459     $ 104,461  
     
     
     
 
 
Income taxes paid
  $ 15,184     $ 43,007     $ 49,185  
     
     
     
 
Noncash transactions:
                       
 
Liability for loans held for sale eligible for repurchase — Note 1
  $ 47,692     $ 115,948     $  
     
     
     
 
 
Conversion of trust preferred and preferred stock to common stock
  $     $ 83     $ 1,386  
     
     
     
 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

83


Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 
Note 1 — Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

      Consolidation: Irwin Financial Corporation and its subsidiaries (the Corporation) provide financial services throughout the United States (U.S.) and Canada. We are engaged in the mortgage banking, commercial banking, home equity lending, commercial finance, and venture capital lines of business. Our direct and indirect subsidiaries include Irwin Mortgage Corporation, Irwin Union Bank and Trust Company, Irwin Union Bank, F.S.B., Irwin Home Equity Corporation, Irwin Commercial Finance Corporation, and Irwin Ventures LLC. Intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation. In the opinion of management, the financial statements reflect all material adjustments necessary for a fair presentation. The Corporation does not meet the criteria as primary beneficiary for our wholly-owned trusts holding our company-obligated mandatorily redeemable preferred securities established by Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) Interpretation No. 46 (FIN 46), “Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities.” As a result, these trusts are not consolidated.

      Use of Estimates: The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

      Foreign Currency: Assets and liabilities denominated in Canadian dollars are translated into U.S. dollars at rates prevailing on the balance sheet date; income and expenses are translated at average rates of exchange for the year. Unrealized foreign currency translation gains and losses are recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income in shareholders’ equity.

      Investment Securities: Those investment securities that we have the positive intent and ability to hold until maturity are classified as “held-to-maturity” and are stated at cost adjusted for amortization of premium and accretion of discount (adjusted cost). Investment securities that might be sold prior to maturity are classified as “available-for-sale” and are stated at fair value. Unrealized gains and losses on available-for-sale investment securities, net of the future tax impact, are reported as a separate component of shareholders’ equity until realized. Investment securities gains and losses are based on the amortized cost of the specific investment security determined on a specific identification basis.

      Residual Interests: Residual interests are stated at fair value. Unrealized gains and losses are included in earnings. Until the first quarter of 2002, whenever we sold receivables in securitizations of home equity loans and lines of credit, we sold assets and retained residual interests, one or more subordinated tranches, and in some cases a cash reserve account, all of which are retained interests in the securitized receivables in a manner that qualified for gain-on-sale accounting under Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (SFAS) 140, “Accounting for Transfers and Servicing of Financial Assets and Extinguishments of Liabilities.” Gain or loss on the sale of the loans depended, in part, on the previous carrying amount of the financial assets involved in the transfer, allocated between the assets sold and the retained interests based on their relative fair value at the date of transfer.

      To obtain fair value of residual interests, quoted market prices are used if available. However, quotes are generally not available for residual interests, so we generally estimate fair value based on the present value of expected cash flows using estimates of the key assumptions — prepayment speeds, credit losses, forward yield curves, and discount rates commensurate with the risks involved — that management believes market participants would use to value similar assets. Adjustments to carrying values are recorded as “trading gains or losses.”

      Loans Held For Sale: Loans held for sale are carried at the lower of cost or market, determined on an aggregate basis for both performing and nonperforming loans. Cost basis includes deferred origination fees and costs. Loans held for sale that qualify for hedge accounting are carried at fair value. Fair value is determined based on the contract price at which the mortgage loans will be sold. Included in loans held for sale at the mortgage line of business were loans for which we have the right, but not the obligation, to repurchase due to

84


Table of Contents

default, under the terms of the government servicing agency contracts. Upon default, we have the non-contingent right to repurchase these loans which causes “repurchase accounting” under SFAS 140. The liability associated with these loans is reflected in “Other Liabilities” on our Consolidated Balance Sheets.

      Loans: Loans are carried at amortized cost. Loan origination fees and costs are deferred and the net amounts are amortized as an adjustment to yield using the interest method. When loans are sold, deferred fees and costs are included with outstanding principal balances to determine gains or losses. Interest income on loans is computed daily based on the principal amount of loans outstanding. The accrual of interest income is generally discontinued when a loan becomes 90 days past due as to principal or interest. Management may elect to continue the accrual of interest when the estimated net realizable value of collateral is sufficient to cover the principal balance and accrued interest.

      Direct Financing Leases: Interest and service charges, net of initial direct costs, are deferred and reported as income in decreasing amounts over the life of the lease, which generally average three to four years, so as to provide an approximate constant yield on the outstanding principal balance.

      Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses: The allowance for loan and lease losses is an estimate based on management’s judgment applying the principles of SFAS 5, “Accounting for Contingencies,” SFAS 114, “Accounting by Creditors for Impairment of a Loan,” and SFAS 118, “Accounting by Creditors for Impairment of a Loan — Income Recognition and Disclosures.” The allowance is maintained at a level we believe is adequate to absorb probable losses inherent in the loan and lease portfolio. We perform an assessment of the adequacy of the allowance on a quarterly basis.

      Within the allowance, there are specific and expected loss components. The specific loss component is assessed for loans we believe to be impaired in accordance with SFAS 114. We have defined impairment as nonaccrual loans. For loans determined to be impaired, we measure the level of impairment by comparing the loan’s carrying value to fair value using one of the following fair value measurement techniques: present value of expected future cash flows, observable market price, or fair value of the associated collateral. An allowance is established when the fair value implies a value that is lower than the carrying value of that loan. In addition to establishing allowance levels for specifically identified higher risk graded loans, management determines an allowance for all other loans in the portfolio for which historical experience indicates that certain losses exist. These loans are segregated by major product type, and in some instances, by aging, with an estimated loss ratio applied against each product type and aging category. The loss ratio is generally based upon historic loss experience for each loan type as adjusted for certain environmental factors management believes to be relevant.

      Servicing Assets: When we securitize or sell loans, we generally retain the right to service the underlying loans sold. A portion of the cost basis of loans sold is allocated to this servicing asset based on its fair value relative to the loans sold and the servicing asset combined. We use the market prices under comparable servicing sale contracts, when available, or alternatively use valuation models that calculate the present value of future cash flows to determine the fair value of the servicing assets. In using this valuation method, we incorporate assumptions that we believe market participants would use in estimating future net servicing income, which include estimates of the cost of servicing per loan, the discount rate, float value, an inflation rate, ancillary income per loan, prepayment speeds, and default rates. Servicing assets are amortized over the estimated lives of the related loans in proportion to estimated net servicing income.

      In determining servicing value impairment, the servicing portfolio is stratified into its predominant risk characteristics, principally by interest rate and product type. Each stratum is valued using market prices under comparable servicing sale contracts when available, or alternatively, using the same model as was used to originally determine the fair value at origination using current market assumptions. The calculated value is then compared with the book value of each stratum to determine the required reserve for impairment. The impairment reserve fluctuates as interest rates change and, therefore, no reasonable estimate can be made as to future increases or declines in impaired reserve levels. We also compare actual cash collections to projected cash collections and adjust our models as appropriate. In addition, we periodically have independent valuations performed on the portfolio. Other than temporary impairment is recorded to reflect our view that the originally recorded value of certain servicing rights and subsequent impairment associated with those rights is unlikely to

85


Table of Contents

be recovered in market value. There is no related direct impact on net income as this other than temporary impairment affects only balance sheet accounts. However, a write-down will result in a reduction of amortization expense and potentially reduced recovery of impairment in future periods.

      Derivative Instruments: All derivative instruments have been recorded at fair value and are classified as other assets or other liabilities in the consolidated balance sheets in accordance with SFAS 133, “Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities.”

      Derivative instruments that are used in our risk management strategy may qualify for hedge accounting if the derivatives are designated as fair value, cash flow or foreign currency hedges and applicable hedge criteria are met. Changes in the fair value of a derivative that is highly effective (as defined by SFAS 133) and qualifies as a fair value hedge, along with changes in the fair value of the underlying hedged item, are recorded in current period earnings. Changes in the fair value of a derivative that is highly effective (as defined by SFAS 133) and qualifies as a cash flow hedge or foreign currency hedge, to the extent that the hedge is effective, are recorded in other comprehensive income until earnings are recognized from the underlying hedged item. Net gains or losses resulting from hedge ineffectiveness are recorded in current period earnings.

      We use certain derivative instruments that do not qualify for hedge accounting treatment under SFAS 133. These derivatives are classified as other assets or other liabilities and marked to market in the consolidated income statements. While we do not seek hedge accounting treatment for these instruments, their economic purpose is to manage the risk of existing exposures to either interest rate risk or foreign currency risk.

      Premises and Equipment: Premises and equipment are recorded at cost less accumulated depreciation. Depreciation is determined by the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets.

      Venture Capital Investments: Venture capital investments held by Irwin Ventures are carried at fair value with changes in fair value recognized in other income. The investment committee of Irwin Ventures determines the value of these nonpublicly traded investments at the end of each reporting period based upon review of the investee’s financial results, condition, and prospects. Changes in estimated fair values can also be made when an event such as a new round of funding from other private equity investors would cause a change in estimated market value. In the future, should the company have investments in publicly-traded securities, it would look to the traded market value of the investments as the basis of its mark-to-market.

      Other Assets: Included in other assets are real estate properties acquired as a result of foreclosure. These real estate properties are carried at the lower of the recorded investment in the related loan or fair value of the property less estimated costs to sell.

      Income Taxes: A consolidated tax return is filed for all eligible entities. In accordance with SFAS 109, deferred income taxes are computed using the liability method, which establishes a deferred tax asset or liability based on temporary differences between the tax basis of an asset or liability and the basis recorded in the financial statements.

      Cash and Cash Equivalents: For purposes of the consolidated balance sheets, we consider cash and due from banks to be cash equivalents.

      Stock-Based Employee Compensation: We have three stock-based employee compensation plans, which are described more fully in Note 19, “Shareholders’ Equity.” We use the intrinsic value method to account for our plans under the recognition and measurement principles of Accounting Principles Board (APB) Opinion No. 25, “Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees,” and related Interpretations. No stock-based employee compensation cost is reflected in net income for any of the periods presented, as all options granted under these plans had an exercise price equal to the market value of the underlying common stock on the date of grant. The following table illustrates the effect on net income and earnings per share if we had

86


Table of Contents

applied the fair value recognition provisions of SFAS 123, “Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation,” to stock-based employee compensation:
                           
2004 2003 2002



(Dollars in thousands,
except per share)
Net income as reported
  $ 69,904     $ 72,817     $ 53,328  
Deduct: Total stock-based employee compensation expense determined under fair value based method for all awards, net of related tax effects
    (2,578 )     (2,683 )     (2,639 )
     
     
     
 
Pro forma net income
  $ 67,326     $ 70,134     $ 50,689  
     
     
     
 
Basic earnings per share
                       
 
As reported
  $ 2.47     $ 2.61     $ 1.99  
 
Pro forma
  $ 2.38     $ 2.51     $ 1.89  
Diluted earnings per share
                       
 
As reported
  $ 2.32     $ 2.45     $ 1.89  
 
Pro forma
  $ 2.24     $ 2.36     $ 1.80  

      In determining compensation expense above, the weighted average fair value of each option was estimated to be $10.41, $9.70, and $6.99 on the date of the grant with the following assumptions for 2004, 2003, and 2002, respectively: weighted average risk free interest rates of 4.42%, 3.90%, and 4.54%; dividend yield of 1.00% and volatility of 40% for 2004, 2003 and 2002; and a weighted average expected life of six and a half years in 2004 and seven years in 2003 and 2002, respectively.

      Recent Accounting Developments: We adopted FIN 46 as of December 31, 2003 and as a result, deconsolidated IFC Capital Trust II, IFC Capital Trust III, IFC Capital Trust IV, IFC Capital Trust V, IFC Capital Trust VI, and IFC Statutory Trust VII (collectively the IFC Trusts). The sole assets of the IFC Trusts are subordinated debentures of Irwin Financial Corporation. The IFC Trusts’ liabilities are represented by Trust Preferred Securities, which have previously been listed as “Company-obligated mandatorily redeemable preferred securities of subsidiary trusts” on our consolidated balance sheets. Under FIN 46, the subordinated debentures, which are substantially equal in amount to the Trust Preferred Securities, cease to be eliminated in consolidation and are included in “other long-term debt” in our consolidated balance sheets. Details about the IFC Trusts and debentures can be found in Note 12, “Other Long-Term Debt.” On March 1, 2005, the Federal Reserve Board reached final conclusion on the continued qualification of Trust Preferred Securities as Tier 1 regulatory capital.

      In December 2003 the FASB issued a revised Statement 132 (SFAS 132R), “Employers’ Disclosures about Pensions and Other Postretirement Benefits” which changed the disclosure requirements for employers’ pension plans and other postretirement benefit plans, including information describing the types of plan assets, investment strategy, measurement dates, plan obligations and cash flows. SFAS 132R did not change the measurement or recognition of those plans required by other related accounting standards. The disclosure requirements of SFAS 132R were effective for periods after December 15, 2003. These disclosures as well as additional annual disclosures required by SFAS 132R have been included in these financial statements.

      In December 2004 the FASB issued a revised Statement 123 (SFAS 123R), “Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation” requiring public entities to measure the cost of employee services received in exchange for an award of equity instruments based on grant date fair value. The cost will be recognized over the period during which an employee is required to provide service in exchange for the award — usually the vesting period. The effective date for this statement is as of the first interim period that begins after June 15, 2005. We are evaluating the impact of this new pronouncement and expect it to be comparable to the pro forma effects of applying the original SFAS 123 as detailed above.

      Reclassifications: Certain amounts in the 2003 and 2002 consolidated financial statements have been reclassified to conform to the 2004 presentation. These changes had no impact on previously reported net income or shareholders’ equity.

87


Table of Contents

 
Note 2 — Restrictions on Cash

      Irwin Union Bank and Trust Company and Irwin Union Bank, F.S.B. are required to maintain average noninterest bearing reserve balances with the Federal Reserve Bank. At December 31, 2004, we exceeded this requirement.

 
Note 3 — Sales of Receivables

      Under our past securitization program, home equity loans were sold to limited purpose, bankruptcy-remote wholly-owned subsidiaries. In turn, these subsidiaries established separate trusts to which they transferred the home equity loans in exchange for the proceeds from the sale of asset-backed securities issued by the trust. The trusts’ activities are generally limited to acquiring the home equity loans, issuing asset-backed securities and making payments on the securities. Due to the nature of the assets held by the trusts and the limited nature of each trust’s activities, they are classified as qualified special-purpose entities under SFAS 140.

      Prior to 2003, we sold home equity loans and lines of credit in gain-on-sale securitization transactions resulting in the creation of residual interests. We held residual interests related to these transactions totaling $51.5 million and $70.5 million at December 31, 2004 and 2003, respectively. We receive annual servicing fees of approximately 0.5% to 1.0% of the outstanding balance and rights to future cash flows arising after the investors in the securitization trust have received the return for which they contracted. The investors and the securitization trusts have no recourse to our other assets for failure of debtors to pay when due. Our residual interests are subordinate to investor’s interests. The value of the residual interests is subject to prepayment, credit, and interest rate risks in the transferred financial assets.

      We recognized pretax gains on sale of $2.5 million on the securitization of home equity loans and lines of credit at our home equity line of business during 2002. No securitizations accounted for as gain on sale took place in 2003 or 2004. No residual interests of this type have been created since the first quarter of 2002.

      At December 31, 2004, key economic assumptions and the sensitivity of the current fair value of all residual cash flows to immediate 10 percent and 25 percent adverse changes in those assumptions were as follows:

         
Home Equity Loans and Lines of Credit

(Dollars in thousands)
Balance sheet carrying value of residual interests — fair value
  $ 51,542  
Weighted-average life (in years)
    0.92  
Prepayment speed assumptions (annual rate)
    37.61 %
Impact on fair value of 10% adverse change
  $ (62 )
Impact on fair value of 25% adverse change
    (266 )
Expected credit losses (annual rate)
    7.65 %
Impact on fair value of 10% adverse change
  $ (1,712 )
Impact on fair value of 25% adverse change
    (4,220 )
Residual cash flows discount rate (annual rate)
    18.81 %
Impact on fair value of 10% adverse change
  $ (581 )
Impact on fair value of 25% adverse change
    (1,428 )

      These sensitivities are hypothetical and should be used with caution. As the figures indicate, changes in fair value based on a 10 percent and 25 percent variation in assumptions generally cannot be extrapolated because the relationship of the change in assumption to the change in fair value may not be linear. Also, in this table, the effect of a variation in a particular assumption on the fair value of the retained interest is calculated without changing any other assumption; in reality, changes in one factor may result in changes in another, which might magnify or counteract the sensitivities. A decrease in the constant prepayment rate is an adverse change, due to the large amount of overcollateralization in the portfolio. Increases to expected credit losses and discount rate are adverse changes.

88


Table of Contents

      The table below summarizes the cash flows received from (paid to) securitization trusts during the three years ended December 31, 2004, where gain-on-sale accounting was previously applied:

                           
2004 2003 2002



(Dollars in thousands)
Proceeds from new securitizations
  $     $     $ 31,708  
Servicing fees received
    5,763       8,686       14,479  
Net cash flows received on residual interests(1)
    61,958       55,272       53,626  
Other cash flows paid
    (8,705 )     (1,878 )     (692 )
     
     
     
 
 
Total
  $ 59,016     $ 62,080     $ 99,121  
     
     
     
 


(1)  Cash flows received on residual interests are net of $2.1 million and $4.8 million in, 2003, and 2002, respectively, used to over-collateralize the trusts. There was no overcollateralization in 2004.

      Delinquency amounts for the managed portfolio are set forth below:

                                 
Total Principal Amount Credit Losses
of Loans at Delinquent Principal Over 30 Delinquency on Managed
December 31, 2004 Days at 12/31/2004(2) Percentage Portfolio




(Dollars in thousands)
Managed loans comprised of:
                               
Loans held for investment
  $ 590,340     $ 13,922       2.4 %   $ 11,482  
Loans held for sale
    224,255       1,792       0.8       575  
Loans securitized, servicing and residual retained(1)
    332,542       38,936       11.7       22,380  
     
     
     
     
 
Total managed portfolio
  $ 1,147,137     $ 54,650       4.8 %   $ 34,437  
     
     
     
     
 


(1)  Represents the principal amount of the loan. Residual interests held for securitized assets are excluded from this table because they are recognized separately.
 
(2)  Nonaccrual loans included in delinquencies.

Note 4 — Investment Securities

      The amortized cost, fair value, and carrying value of investment securities held at December 31, 2004 were as follows:

                                           
Gross Gross
Amortized Unrealized Unrealized Fair Carrying
Cost Gains Losses Value Value





(Dollars in thousands)
Held-to-Maturity:
                                       
U.S. Treasury and government obligations
  $ 161     $     $ (1 )   $ 160     $ 161  
Obligations of states and political subdivisions
    3,746       4             3,750       3,746  
Mortgage-backed securities
    1,035       7             1,042       1,035  
     
     
     
     
     
 
 
Total held-to-maturity
    4,942       11       (1 )     4,952       4,942  
     
     
     
     
     
 
Available-for-Sale:
                                       
U.S. Treasury and government obligations
    3,330       65             3,395       3,395  
Mortgage-backed securities
    30,453       68             30,521       30,521  
Other
    69,396             (32 )     69,364       69,364  
     
     
     
     
     
 
 
Total available-for-sale
    103,179       133       (32 )     103,280       103,280  
     
     
     
     
     
 
 
Total investment securities
  $ 108,121     $ 144     $ (33 )   $ 108,232     $ 108,222  
     
     
     
     
     
 

89


Table of Contents

      The amortized cost, fair value, and carrying value of investment securities held at December 31, 2003 were as follows:

                                           
Gross Gross
Amortized Unrealized Unrealized Fair Carrying
Cost Gains Losses Value Value





(Dollars in thousands)
Held-to-Maturity:
                                       
U.S. Treasury and government obligations
  $ 19,997     $     $     $ 19,997     $ 19,997  
Obligations of states and political subdivisions
    3,960       8             3,968       3,960  
Mortgage-backed securities
    866       7             873       866  
Other
    133                   133       133  
     
     
     
     
     
 
 
Total held-to-maturity
    24,956       15             24,971       24,956  
     
     
     
     
     
 
Available-for-Sale:
                                       
U.S. Treasury and government obligations
    998             (1 )     997       997  
Mortgage-backed securities
    1,208             (35 )     1,173       1,173  
Other
    65,433             (34 )     65,399       65,399  
     
     
     
     
     
 
 
Total available-for-sale
    67,639             (70 )     67,569       67,569  
     
     
     
     
     
 
 
Total investment securities
  $ 92,595     $ 15     $ (70 )   $ 92,540     $ 92,525  
     
     
     
     
     
 

      Included within available-for-sale investment securities is $66 million and $63 million of FHLB and Federal Reserve Bank (FRB) stock at December 31, 2004 and 2003, respectively, for which there is no readily determinable market value.

      The amortized cost and estimated value of investment securities at December 31, 2004, by contractual maturity, are shown below. Expected maturities will differ from contractual maturities because borrowers may have the right to call or prepay obligations with or without call or prepayment penalties.

                   
Amortized Fair
Cost Value


(Dollars in thousands)
Held-to-Maturity:
               
 
Due after five years through ten years
  $ 530     $ 531  
 
Due after ten years
    3,377       3,379  
     
     
 
      3,907       3,910  
Mortgage-backed securities
    1,035       1,042  
     
     
 
      4,942       4,952  
     
     
 
Available-for-Sale:
               
 
Due in one year or less
    3,166       3,134  
 
Due after ten years
    3,330       3,395  
     
     
 
      6,496       6,529  
Mortgage-backed securities
    30,453       30,521  
FHLB & Federal Reserve Bank Stock
    66,230       66,230  
     
     
 
      103,179       103,280  
     
     
 
 
Total investment securities
  $ 108,121     $ 108,232  
     
     
 

      Investment securities of $26.0 million were pledged and cannot be repledged by holder, as collateral for borrowings and for other purposes on December 31, 2004. During 2004 and 2003 there were no sales or calls on investment securities.

90


Table of Contents

 
Note 5 — Loans and Leases

      Loans and leases are summarized as follows:

                     
December 31,

2004 2003


(Dollars in thousands)
Commercial, financial and agricultural
  $ 1,697,651     $ 1,503,619  
Real estate-construction
    287,496       306,669  
Real estate-mortgage
    808,875       859,541  
Consumer
    31,166       27,370  
Commercial financing
               
   
Franchise financing
    330,496       207,341  
   
Domestic leasing
    174,035       157,072  
   
Canadian leasing
    265,780       207,355  
Unearned income
               
   
Franchise financing
    (86,638 )     (56,837 )
   
Domestic leasing
    (23,924 )     (22,038 )
   
Canadian leasing
    (34,497 )     (29,038 )
     
     
 
 
Total
  $ 3,450,440     $ 3,161,054  
     
     
 

      At December 31, 2004, mortgage loans held for investment with a carrying value of $0.6 billion were pledged as collateral for bonds payable to investors (See Note 11).

      Federal Home Loan Bank borrowings are collateralized by $0.1 billion in loans and loans held for sale at December 31, 2004.

      Commercial loans are extended primarily to local regional businesses in the market areas of our commercial banking line of business. To a lesser extent, we also provide consumer loans to the customers in those markets. Real estate loans, franchise loans and direct financing leases are extended throughout the United States and Canada.

      We make loans to directors and officers, and to organizations and individuals with which our directors and officers are associated. All outstanding loans and commitments included in such transactions were made in the normal course of business and on substantially the same terms, including interest rates and collateral, as those prevailing at the time for comparable transactions with other persons and did not involve more than the normal risk of collectibility or present other unfavorable features. All such loans outstanding at December 31, 2004 were current in payment of principal and interest. The aggregate dollar amount of these loans outstanding at December 31, 2004 and 2003 represented approximately 1% of total equity.

91


Table of Contents

 
Note 6 — Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses and Nonperforming Loans and Leases

      Changes in the allowance for loan and lease losses are summarized below:

                         
December 31,

2004 2003 2002



(Dollars in thousands)
Balance at beginning of year
  $ 64,285     $ 50,936     $ 22,283  
Provision for loan and lease losses
    14,195       47,583       43,996  
Charge-offs
    (28,180 )     (37,312 )     (18,230 )
Recoveries
    5,335       3,420       2,870  
Reduction due to sale of loans and leases and other
    (627 )     (234 )      
Reduction due to reclassification of loans
    (10,808 )     (690 )      
Foreign currency adjustment
    243       582       17  
     
     
     
 
Balance at end of period
  $ 44,443     $ 64,285     $ 50,936  
     
     
     
 

      The 2004 provision and allowance for loan and lease losses reflects transactions related to the transfer and sale or pending sale of portfolio loans associated with two portfolio sales at our home equity lending line of business. We transferred $355 million in loans to loans held for sale when the decisions were made to sell these portfolio loans. These loans had an associated allowance of $20.6 million. The loans were transferred with an allowance of $10.8 million to reduce their carrying value to fair market value. After the transfers, the remaining $9.8 million of excess allowance was reversed through the provision for loan and lease losses.

      Impaired loans and associated valuation reserves are summarized as follows:

                   
December 31,

2004 2003


(Dollars in thousands)
Impaired loans with specific valuation reserve
  $ 9,623     $ 9,564  
Impaired loans with no specific valuation reserve
    10,771       10,884  
     
     
 
 
Total impaired loans
  $ 20,394     $ 20,448  
     
     
 
Valuation reserve on impaired loans
  $ 4,584     $ 2,801  
     
     
 

      For the year ended December 31, 2004, the average balance of impaired loans was $19.1 million, for which $0.8 million of interest was recorded. For the years ended December 31, 2003 and 2002, respectively, $0.5 million and $0.5 million of interest income was recorded on average impaired loans balances of $18.3 million and $42.4 million, respectively.

      Nonperforming loans and leases are summarized below:

                   
December 31,

2004 2003


(Dollars in thousands)
Accruing loans past due 90 days or more
  $ 657     $ 4,627  
Nonaccrual loans and leases
    33,036       39,738  
     
     
 
 
Total nonperforming loans and leases
  $ 33,693     $ 44,365  
     
     
 
 
Note 7 — Servicing Assets

      Included on the consolidated balance sheets at December 31, 2004 and 2003 were $367.0 million and $380.1 million, respectively, of capitalized servicing assets. These amounts relate to the mortgage and home

92


Table of Contents

equity loans serviced by us for investors. Although they are not generally held for purposes of sale, there is an active secondary market for servicing assets. Changes in our capitalized servicing assets are shown below:
                 
December 31,

2004 2003


(Dollars in thousands)
Beginning balance
  $ 380,123     $ 174,935  
Additions
    142,689       296,551  
Amortization
    (117,143 )     (135,519 )
(Impairment) recovery of impairment
    (2,474 )     44,516  
Reduction for servicing sales
    (36,163 )     (360 )
     
     
 
    $ 367,032     $ 380,123  
     
     
 

      We have established a valuation allowance to record servicing assets at their fair market value. Changes in the allowance are summarized below:

                         
December 31,

2004 2003 2002



(Dollars in thousands)
Balance at beginning of year
  $ 76,869     $ 159,865     $ 13,495  
Impairment (recovery of impairment)
    2,474       (44,516 )     146,370  
Reclass for sales of servicing
    (18,210 )            
Other than temporary impairment(1)
    (6,999 )     (38,480 )      
     
     
     
 
Balance at end of year
  $ 54,134     $ 76,869     $ 159,865  
     
     
     
 


(1)  Other than temporary impairment was recorded to reflect our view that the originally recorded value of certain servicing rights and subsequent impairment associated with those rights is unlikely to be recovered in market value. There was no related direct impact on net income as this other than temporary impairment affected only balance sheet accounts. However, the write-down does result in a reduction of amortization expense and potentially reduced recovery of impairment in future periods.

      The servicing assets had a fair value of $371.9 million and $393.5 million at December 31, 2004 and 2003, respectively. At December 31, 2004, key economic assumptions and the sensitivity of the current carrying value of mortgage servicing rights to immediate 10% and 20% adverse changes in those assumptions are as follows (dollars in thousands):

         
Carrying amount of mortgage servicing assets
  $ 367,032  
Constant prepayment speed
    13.10 %
Impact on fair value of 10% adverse change
  $ (18,765 )
Impact on fair value of 20% adverse change
    (35,294 )
Discount rate
    11.25 %
Impact on fair value of 10% adverse change
  $ (9,762 )
Impact on fair value of 20% adverse change
    (18,982 )

      These sensitivities are hypothetical and should be used with caution. As the figures indicate, changes in value based on a 10% and 20% variation in assumptions generally cannot be extrapolated because the relationship of the change in assumption to the change in value may not be linear. Also, in this table, the effect of a variation in a particular assumption on the value of the servicing asset is calculated without changing any other assumption; in reality, changes in one factor may result in changes in another (for example, increases in market interest rates may result in lower prepayments), which might magnify or counteract the sensitivities.

93


Table of Contents

      The servicing portfolio underlying the portion of our servicing assets carried on our balance sheet was $28.3 billion and $31.1 billion at December 31, 2004 and 2003, respectively. Key economic assumptions used in determining the carrying value of mortgage servicing assets capitalized in 2004 were as follows:

         
Prepayment rates
    5.10- 46.67 % (1)
Discount rates
    8.50- 14.00 % (1)

(1)  The mortgage banking component of consolidated servicing assets was 87%. The prepayment rates range from 5.10% to 11.12% and discount rates range from 8.5% to 14.0% at this line of business.

Note 8 — Premises and Equipment

      Premises and equipment are summarized as follows:

                           
December 31,

2004 2003 Useful Lives



(Dollars in thousands)
Land
  $ 2,630     $ 2,135       n/a  
Building and leasehold improvements
    24,975       22,840       7-40 years  
Furniture and equipment
    53,659       52,096       3-10 years  
     
     
         
      81,264       77,071          
Less accumulated depreciation
    (51,024 )     (44,863 )        
     
     
         
 
Total
  $ 30,240     $ 32,208          
     
     
         

      Amounts charged to other expense for depreciation amounted to $7.6 million, $7.7 million, and $7.5 million in 2004, 2003, and 2002, respectively.

 
Note 9 — Lease Obligations

      At December 31, 2004, we leased certain branch locations and office equipment used in our operations.

      Operating lease rental expense was $28.5 million in 2004, $26.0 million in 2003, and $21.6 million in 2002.

      The future minimum rental payments required under noncancellable operating leases with initial or remaining terms of one year or more are summarized as follows:

           
Year ended December 31: (Dollars in thousands)
2005
  $ 20,378  
2006
    15,280  
2007
    9,247  
2008
    5,181  
2009
    4,111  
Thereafter
    11,420  
     
 
 
Total minimum rental payments
  $ 65,617  
     
 

94


Table of Contents

 
Note 10 — Short-Term Borrowings

      Short-term borrowings are summarized as follows:

                 
December 31,

2004 2003


(Dollars in thousands)
Federal Home Loan Bank borrowings
  $ 71,826     $ 286,000  
Drafts payable related to mortgage loan closings
    53,254       72,686  
Lines of credit and other
    2,197       1,057  
Federal funds
    110,000       53,600  
Commercial paper
          16,415  
     
     
 
Total
  $ 237,277     $ 429,758  
     
     
 
Weighted average interest rate
    1.64 %     1.61 %

      Federal Home Loan Bank borrowings are collateralized by $129 million in loans and loans held for sale at December 31, 2004.

      Drafts payable are related to mortgage closings at the end of December that have not been presented to the banks for payment. When presented for payment, these borrowings will be funded internally or by borrowing from the lines of credit.

      At December 31, 2004 we have lines of credit available of $1.2 billion to fund loan originations and operations. Interest on the lines of credit is payable monthly or quarterly with rates ranging from 2.2% to 3.5%.

 
Note 11 — Collateralized Debt

      We pledge or sell loans structured as secured financings at our home equity and commercial finance lines of business. Sale treatment is precluded on these transactions as we maintain effective control over the loans and leases securitized. This type of structure results in cash being received (and subsequently used by us to pay down short-term fundings), debt being recorded, and the establishment of an allowance for credit losses. The notes associated with these transactions are collateralized by $0.6 billion in home equity loans, home equity lines of credit, and leases. The principal and interest on these debt securities are paid using the cash flows from the underlying loans and leases. Accordingly, the timing of the principal payments on these debt securities is dependent on the payments received on the underlying collateral. The interest rates on the bonds are at a floating rate. The 2002-1 and 2003-1 asset backed structures were sold during 2004 resulting in the recognition of a $3.4 million gain and the removal of $355 million of loans and associated collateralized debt from our balance sheet.

95


Table of Contents

      Collateralized borrowings are summarized as follows:

                                     
Interest Rate at December 31,
Contractual December 31,
Maturity 2004 2004 2003




(Dollars in thousands)
Commercial finance line of business
                               
2003 domestic asset backed note
    7/2010       3.38     $ 29,050     $ 51,694  
2003 Canadian asset backed note
    8/2005-10/2009       3.89       165,802       77,902  
Home equity line of business
                               
2004-1 asset backed notes:
                               
 
Combined variable rate senior note
    12/2024-12/2034       2.53       327,850        
 
Combined variable rate subordinate note
    12/2034       3.38       24,775        
2003-1 asset backed notes:
                               
 
Combined variable rate senior note
                          160,874  
 
Combined variable rate subordinate note
                          61,763  
 
Unamortized premium/discount
                          4,446  
2002-1 asset backed notes:
                               
 
Combined variable rate senior note
                          156,699  
 
Combined variable rate subordinate note
                          72,551  
Unamortized premium/discount
                          4,202  
                     
     
 
   
Total
                  $ 547,477     $ 590,131  
                     
     
 
 
Note 12 — Other Long-Term Debt

      At December 31, 2004 and 2003 we had $270 million of other long-term debt. Included in both years is $30 million of subordinated debt with an interest rate of 7.58% and a maturity date of July 2014.

      We also have obligations represented by subordinated debentures at December 31, 2004 and 2003 of $240 million. These securities were issued by wholly-owned trusts of Irwin Financial Corporation that were created for the purpose of issuing cumulative trust preferred securities. In accordance with FIN 46 we are no longer consolidating these trusts. Refer to Note 1 for information regarding the accounting change for these securities implemented in 2003. These debentures are the sole assets of these trusts as of December 31, 2004. All debentures and securities are callable at par after five years from origination date, although at this time we

96


Table of Contents

have no announced plans to call. These securities are all Tier 1 qualifying capital at December 31, 2004. Highlights about these debentures and the related trusts are listed below:
                                                 
Subordinated Debt
Interest Rate at December 31,
Origination December 31, Maturity
Name Date 2004 Date 2004 2003 Other







(Dollars in thousands)
IFC Capital Trust II
    Nov 2000       10.50 %     Sep 2030     $ 53,351     $ 53,351          
IFC Capital Trust III
    Nov 2000       8.75       Sep 2030       53,268       53,268     initial conversion ratio of 1.261 shares of common stock to 1 convertible preferred security, currently callable at 10%
IFC Capital Trust IV
    Jul 2001       10.25       Jul 2031       15,464       15,464          
IFC Capital Trust V
    Nov 2001       9.95       Nov 2031       30,928       30,928          
IFC Capital Trust VI
    Oct 2002       8.70       Sep 2032       35,567       35,567          
IFC Statutory Trust VII
    Nov 2003       5.46       Nov 2033       51,547       51,547     rate changes quarterly at three month LIBOR plus 290 basis points
                             
     
         
                            $ 240,125     $ 240,125          
                             
     
         
 
Note 13 — Commitments and Contingencies

Culpepper v. Inland Mortgage Corporation

      Our indirect subsidiary, Irwin Mortgage Corporation (formerly Inland Mortgage Corporation), is a defendant in a class action lawsuit in the United States District Court for the Northern District of Alabama, filed in April 1996, alleging that Irwin Mortgage violated the federal Real Estate Settlement Procedures Act (RESPA) relating to Irwin Mortgage’s payment of broker fees to mortgage brokers. In June 2001, the Court of Appeals for the 11th Circuit upheld the district court’s certification of a plaintiff class and the case was remanded for further proceedings in the federal district court.

      In November 2001, by order of the district court, the parties filed supplemental briefs analyzing the impact of an October 18, 2001 policy statement issued by the Department of Housing and Urban Development (HUD) that explicitly disagreed with the judicial interpretation of RESPA by the Court of Appeals for the 11th Circuit in its ruling upholding class certification in this case. In response to a motion from Irwin Mortgage, in March 2002, the district court granted Irwin Mortgage’s motion to stay proceedings in this case until the 11th Circuit decided the three other RESPA cases originally argued before it with this case.

      The 11th Circuit subsequently decided all of the RESPA cases pending in that court. In one of those cases, the 11th Circuit concluded that the trial court had abused its discretion in certifying a class action under RESPA. Further, in that decision, the 11th Circuit expressly recognized it was, in effect, overruling its previous decision upholding class certification in our case. In March 2003, Irwin Mortgage filed a motion to decertify the class and the plaintiffs filed a renewed motion for summary judgment. On October 2, 2003 the case was reassigned to another U.S. district court judge. In response to an order from the court, the parties met and submitted a joint status report at the end of October 2003. On June 14, 2004, at the court’s request, the parties engaged in mediation, which was unsuccessful. The court then reassigned this case to a new judge.

      If the class is not decertified and the district court finds that Irwin Mortgage violated RESPA, Irwin Mortgage could be liable for damages equal to three times the amount of that portion of payments made to the mortgage brokers that is ruled unlawful. Based on notices sent by the plaintiffs to date to potential class members and additional notices that might be sent in this case, we believe the class is not likely to exceed 32,000 borrowers who meet the class specifications.

      Irwin Mortgage intends to defend this lawsuit vigorously and believes it has numerous defenses to the alleged violations. Irwin Mortgage further believes that the 11th Circuit’s RESPA rulings in the cases argued

97


Table of Contents

before it with this one provide grounds for reversal of the class certification in this case. We have no assurance, however, that Irwin Mortgage will be successful in defeating class certification or will ultimately prevail on the merits. However, we expect that an adverse outcome in this case could result in substantial monetary damages that could be material to our financial position. We have not established any reserves for this case and are unable at this stage of the litigation to form a reasonable estimate of potential loss that we could suffer.
 
United States ex rel. Paranich v. Sorgnard et al.

      In January 2001, we and Irwin Leasing Corporation (formerly Affiliated Capital Corp.), our indirect subsidiary, and Irwin Equipment Finance Corporation, our direct subsidiary (together, the Irwin companies), were served as defendants in an action filed in the United States District Court for the Middle District of Pennsylvania. The suit alleges that a manufacturer/importer of certain medical devices made misrepresentations to health care professionals and to government officials to improperly obtain Medicare reimbursement for treatments using the devices, and that the Irwin companies, through Affiliated Capital’s financing activities, aided in making the alleged misrepresentations. On August 10, 2001, the court dismissed Irwin Financial and Irwin Equipment Finance as defendants in the suit. The Irwin companies prevailed on a motion for summary judgment in the district court on October 8, 2003, and the plaintiff appealed. The Court of Appeals for the Third Circuit heard oral argument on plaintiff’s appeal on September 27, 2004. On January 28, 2005, the court of appeals affirmed the district court’s dismissal of plaintiff’s action. The period during which the plaintiff can petition to the United States Supreme Court for writ of certiorari expires on April 28, 2005.

 
McIntosh v. Irwin Home Equity Corporation

      Our subsidiary, Irwin Union Bank and Trust Company, was a defendant in a class action lawsuit filed in the United States District Court in Massachusetts in July 2001. The case involved loans purchased by Irwin Union Bank and Trust Company from an unaffiliated third-party originator. The plaintiffs alleged a failure to comply with certain disclosure provisions of the Truth in Lending Act relating to high-rate loans in making second mortgage home equity loans to the plaintiff borrowers. The complaint sought rescission of the loans and other damages.

      A limited class was certified. As originally specified, the plaintiff class included those borrowers who obtained a mortgage loan originated by the third-party originator with prepayment penalty provisions during the three-year period prior to the filing of the suit. Subsequently, the court further restricted the class to those borrowers with high-rate loans subject to the Home Ownership and Equity Protection Act who refinanced their loans and paid a prepayment penalty. A preliminary analysis led us to conclude that fewer than 100 loans qualified for class membership.

      The parties settled this matter for a nonmaterial amount. The court dismissed the lawsuit with prejudice on December 16, 2004.

 
Stamper v. A Home of Your Own

      Our indirect subsidiary, Irwin Mortgage Corporation, is a defendant in a case filed in August 1998 in the Baltimore, Maryland, City Circuit Court. On January 25, 2002, a jury in this case awarded the plaintiffs damages of $1.434 million jointly and severally against defendants, including Irwin Mortgage. The nine plaintiff borrowers alleged that a home rehabilitation company defrauded the plaintiffs by selling them defective homes at inflated prices and that Irwin Mortgage, which provided the plaintiff borrowers mortgage loans on the home purchases, participated in the fraud. Irwin Mortgage filed an appeal with the Maryland Court of Special Appeals and oral argument was held on January 7, 2003. On February 27, 2004, the Court of Special Appeals ruled against Irwin Mortgage and remanded the case to the trial court for a partial retrial on whether the plaintiffs are entitled to punitive damages. Irwin Mortgage petitioned the Maryland Court of Appeals for a writ of certiorari on April 12, 2004. The Court of Appeals granted Irwin Mortgage’s petition and heard oral argument on November 4, 2004. On February 4, 2005, the Court of Appeals affirmed in part and reversed in part the judgment of the Court of Special Appeals, remanding the case as follows: to modify the judgment for all plaintiffs by striking the award of $145,000 for non-economic damages; for further

98


Table of Contents

proceedings concerning one plaintiff as to non-economic damages; and for a new trial as to punitive damages. We have reserved for this case based upon SFAS 5 guidance.
 
Silke v. Irwin Mortgage Corporation

      In April 2003, our indirect subsidiary, Irwin Mortgage Corporation, was named as a defendant in a class action lawsuit filed in the Marion County, Indiana, Superior Court. The complaint alleges that Irwin Mortgage charged a document preparation fee in violation of Indiana law for services performed by clerical personnel in completing legal documents related to mortgage loans. Irwin Mortgage filed an answer on June 11, 2003 and a motion for summary judgment on October  27, 2003. On June 18, 2004, the court certified a plaintiff class consisting of Indiana borrowers who were allegedly charged the fee by Irwin Mortgage any time after April 17, 1997. This date was later clarified by stipulation of the parties to be April 14, 1997. We are unable at this time to form a reasonable estimate of the amount of potential loss, if any, that Irwin Mortgage could suffer. We have not established any reserves for this case.

 
Gutierrez v. Irwin Mortgage Corporation

      In April 2003, our indirect subsidiary, Irwin Mortgage Corporation, was named as a defendant in an action filed in the District Court of Nueces County, Texas. The complaint alleged that Irwin Mortgage improperly charged borrowers fees for the services of third-party vendors in excess of Irwin Mortgage’s costs, and charged certain fees to which plaintiffs did not agree. The plaintiffs sought to certify a class consisting of similarly situated borrowers. In August 2004, the plaintiffs amended their complaint to remove the allegations that Irwin Mortgage charged excess fees. After a period of discovery, the parties settled this case for a nonmaterial amount.

 
Cohens v. Inland Mortgage Corporation

      In October 2003, our indirect subsidiary, Irwin Mortgage Corporation (formerly Inland Mortgage Corporation), was named as a defendant, along with others, in an action filed in the Supreme Court of New York, County of Kings. The plaintiffs, a mother and two children, allege they were injured from lead contamination while living in premises allegedly owned by the defendants. The suit seeks approximately $41 million in damages and alleges negligence, breach of implied warranty of habitability and fitness for intended use, loss of services and the cost of medical treatment. Because the case is in the early stages of litigation, we are unable at this time to form a reasonable estimate of the amount of potential loss, if any, that Irwin Mortgage could suffer. The parties agreed to delay the filing of an answer in this case until March 31, 2005. We are attempting to obtain a voluntary dismissal based on our belief that there is insufficient nexus between the cause of the alleged injuries and Irwin Mortgage. We have not established any reserves for this case.

 
Litigation in Connection with Loans Purchased from Community Bank of Northern Virginia

      Our subsidiary, Irwin Union Bank and Trust Company, is a defendant in several actions in connection with loans Irwin Union Bank purchased from Community Bank of Northern Virginia (Community).

      Hobson v. Irwin Union Bank and Trust Company was filed on July 30, 2004 in the United States District Court for the Northern District of Alabama. As amended on August 30, 2004, the Hobson complaint, seeks certification of both a plaintiffs’ and a defendants’ class, the plaintiffs’ class to consist of all persons who obtained loans from Community and whose loans were purchased by Irwin Union Bank. Hobson alleges that defendants violated the Truth-in-Lending Act (TILA), the Home Ownership and Equity Protection Act (HOEPA), the Real Estate Settlement Procedures Act (RESPA) and the Racketeer Influenced and Corrupt Organizations Act (RICO). On October 12, 2004, Irwin filed a motion to dismiss the Hobson claims as untimely filed and substantively defective.

      Kossler v. Community Bank of Northern Virginia was originally filed in July 2002 in the United States District Court for the Western District of Pennsylvania. Irwin Union Bank and Trust was added as a defendant in December 2004. The Kossler complaint seeks certification of a plaintiffs’ class and seeks to void the

99


Table of Contents

mortgage loans as illegal contracts. Plaintiffs also seek recovery against Irwin for alleged RESPA violations and for conversion.

      The plaintiffs in Hobson and Kossler claim that Community was allegedly engaged in a lending arrangement involving the use of its charter by certain third parties who charged high fees that were not representative of the services rendered and not properly disclosed as to the amount or recipient of the fees. The loans in question are allegedly high cost/high interest loans under Section 32 of HOEPA. Plaintiffs also allege illegal kickbacks and fee splitting. In Hobson, the plaintiffs allege that Irwin was aware of Community’s alleged arrangement when Irwin purchased the loans and that Irwin participated in a RICO enterprise and conspiracy related to the loans. Because Irwin bought the loans from Community, the Hobson plaintiffs are alleging that Irwin has assignee liability under HOEPA.

      If the Hobson and Kossler plaintiffs are successful in establishing a class and prevailing at trial, possible RESPA remedies could include treble damages for each service for which there was an unearned fee, kickback or overvalued service. Other possible damages in Hobson could include TILA remedies, such as rescission, actual damages, statutory damages not to exceed the lesser of $500,000 or 1% of the net worth of the creditor, and attorneys’ fees and costs; possible HOEPA remedies could include the refunding of all closing costs, finance charges and fees paid by the borrower; RICO remedies could include treble plaintiffs’ actually proved damages. In addition, the Hobson plaintiffs are seeking unspecified punitive damages. Under TILA, HOEPA, RESPA and RICO, statutory remedies include recovery of attorneys’ fees and costs. Other possible damages in Kossler could include the refunding of all origination fees paid by the plaintiffs.

      Irwin Union Bank and Trust Company is also a defendant, along with Community, in two individual actions (Chatfield v. Irwin Union Bank and Trust Company, et al. and Ransom v. Irwin Union Bank and Trust Company, et al.) filed on June 9, 2004 in the Circuit Court of Frederick County, Maryland, involving mortgage loans Irwin Union Bank purchased from Community. On July 16, 2004, both of these lawsuits were removed to the United States District Court for the District of Maryland. The complaints allege that the plaintiffs did not receive disclosures required under HOEPA and TILA. The lawsuits also allege violations of Maryland law because the plaintiffs were allegedly charged or contracted for a prepayment penalty fee. Irwin believes the plaintiffs received the required disclosures and that Community, a Virginia-chartered bank, was permitted to charge prepayment fees to Maryland borrowers. Under the loan purchase agreements between Irwin and Community, Irwin has the right to demand repurchase of the mortgage loans and to seek indemnification from Community for the claims in these lawsuits.

      Under the loan purchase agreement between Irwin and Community, Irwin has the right to demand repurchase of the mortgage loans and indemnification from Community for these claims. On September 17, 2004, Irwin made a demand for indemnification and a defense to Hobson, Chatfield and Ransom. Community denied this request as premature.

      On December 22, 2004, Irwin filed a motion with the Judicial Panel On Multidistrict Litigation requesting a transfer of Hobson, Chatfield and Ransom to the Western District of Pennsylvania for coordinated or consolidated proceedings with the Kossler action. That motion was accepted by the Panel, and plaintiffs filed a motion in opposition.

      At this early stage, we are unable to form a reasonable estimate of the amount of potential loss, if any, that Irwin could suffer. We have established a reserve for the Community litigation based upon the advice of legal counsel.

 
Litigation Related to NorVergence, Inc.

      Irwin Business Finance, our indirect subsidiary, is involved on a national basis in equipment leasing finance and maintains a diverse portfolio of leases, including leases in the telecommunications field. A portion of Irwin’s telecommunications portfolio involves leases of equipment acquired from NorVergence, Inc., a New Jersey-based telecommunications company. After assigning leases to Irwin and other lenders, NorVergence became a debtor in a Chapter 7 bankruptcy, which is currently pending in the United States Bankruptcy Court in New Jersey. The sudden failure of NorVergence left many of its customers without telecommunications

100


Table of Contents

service. These customers became very angry when commitments made to them by NorVergence went unfulfilled.

      Complaints by former NorVergence customers have led to investigations by the attorneys general of several states. Irwin Business Finance has been named as a defendant in several lawsuits connected with NorVergence. Exquisite Caterers, LLC et al. v. Popular Leasing et al. is a lawsuit filed in the Superior Court of New Jersey, Monmouth County, and was amended to include Irwin Business Finance and others on September 1, 2004. The Exquisite Caterers plaintiffs seek certification of a class of persons who leased network computer equipment from NorVergence, whose leases were assigned to defendants. The complaint alleges that NorVergence misrepresented the services and equipment provided, that the lessees were defrauded and the lease agreements should not be enforced. The action alleges violations of, among other things, the New Jersey Consumer Fraud Act; the New Jersey Truth-in-Consumer Contract, Warranty, and Notice Act; the FTC Holder Rule; the FTC Act; and breach of contract and implied warranties. The plaintiffs seek compensatory, statutory and punitive damages, and injunctive relief, including rescission of the leases and cessation of collections.

      Irwin Business Finance was also named as a defendant, along with other lenders, in Delanco Board of Education et al. v. IFC Credit Corporation, a lawsuit filed in the Superior Court of New Jersey, Essex County, Chancery Division, in October 2004 in connection with leases assigned to the lenders by NorVergence. (IFC Credit Corporation is not affiliated with Irwin Financial Corporation or Irwin Business Finance.) The suit involved more than one thousand plaintiffs and alleged fraud, misrepresentation and violations of the New Jersey Consumer Fraud law based on alleged conduct similar to that in Exquisite Caterers, with the addition of a count under the New Jersey RICO statute. Plaintiffs also alleged unjust enrichment and conversion and sought rescission of the leases plus punitive and other damages. After failing in an attempt to obtain a temporary injunction, the plaintiffs agreed to withdraw the complaint filed in the Superior Court and have now commenced actions in the NorVergence bankruptcy proceeding, seeking similar relief.

      Irwin Business Finance was also named as a defendant, along with other lenders, in Sterling Asset & Equity Corp. et al. v. Preferred Capital, Inc. et al., an action filed in the United States District Court for the Southern District of Florida in October 2004, which was voluntarily dismissed in January 2005. The plaintiffs then filed a similar complaint in the Circuit Court of the 11th Judicial Circuit, Miami-Dade County, Florida on January 14, 2005 seeking class certification on behalf of Florida persons or entities who leased equipment from NorVergence and whose agreement was assigned to one of the named lenders. The plaintiffs allege that NorVergence engaged in false, misleading and deceptive sales and billing practices. The complaint alleges violations of the Florida Deceptive and Unfair Trade Practices Act, the FTC Holder Rule, and breach of contract and warranties. Plaintiffs seek, among other relief, compensatory and punitive damages, injunctive and/or declaratory relief prohibiting enforcement of the leases, rescission, return of payments, interest, attorneys’ fees and costs.

      In addition, Irwin Business Finance has been named in several individual lawsuits involving equipment and services leased from NorVergence, where the lease was assigned to Irwin Business Finance. The suits allege fraud and nonfunctional equipment and services. The plaintiffs request rescission, restitution and/or reformation of the leases and/or a declaration of unenforceability. These suits were filed in the following jurisdictions: two actions in the District Court of Dallas County, Texas (July 2004 and October 2004); one action in the Superior Court of California, County of San Diego (August 2004); and one in the Superior Court of Massachusetts (September 2004). All but the Massachusetts action have been resolved by agreements under which the lessees have paid a significant portion of their lease obligations.

      In connection with investigations by various state attorneys general, Irwin Business Finance and other lenders were asked to produce information about their relationships with NorVergence and to refrain from enforcing NorVergence leases. On October 21, 2004, the Attorney General of Florida filed a complaint against twelve lenders, including Irwin Business Finance, in the Circuit Court of the Second Judicial Circuit, Leon County, Florida (State of Florida v. Commerce Commercial Leasing, LLC et al.). The complaint alleges that the agreements assigned by NorVergence to the lenders are unconscionable under the Florida Deceptive and Unfair Trade Practices Act. The suit seeks to prohibit collection activities by the lenders and asks for

101


Table of Contents

repayment of revenues, rescission of the agreements, restitution, recovery of actual damages, and civil money penalties. Prosecution of this suit against Irwin Business Finance has been stayed by agreement of the parties while they discuss resolution of the concerns expressed by the Florida Attorney General.

      Irwin Business Finance was among a number of lenders to receive a notice of intent to sue from the Attorney General of New York. In January 2005, Irwin Business Finance reached an agreement with the New York Attorney General in connection with the five NorVergence-related leases Irwin Business Finance has with New York lessees. The agreement calls for, among other provisions, forgiveness of 90% of the remaining principal balance due on the leases as of July 15, 2004 (approximately $116,000). Irwin Business Finance is also communicating with other state attorneys general about ways in which Irwin Business Finance might work with the states to bring some relief to those who have suffered as a result of the failure of NorVergence.

      We are unable to form a reasonable estimate of potential loss, if any, that Irwin Business Finance could suffer as a result of ongoing litigation. Agreements with the various state attorneys general, if reached, would tend to decrease damages awarded, if any, in NorVergence-related class actions and other lawsuits, because lessees who accept such agreements would normally cease to be among potential class action plaintiffs. We have not established reserves in connection with NorVergence-related litigation.

      We and our subsidiaries are from time to time engaged in various matters of litigation, including the matters described above, other assertions of improper or fraudulent loan practices or lending violations, and other matters, and we have a number of unresolved claims pending. In addition, as part of the ordinary course of business, we and our subsidiaries are parties to litigation involving claims to the ownership of funds in particular accounts, the collection of delinquent accounts, challenges to security interests in collateral, and foreclosure interests, that is incidental to our regular business activities. While the ultimate liability with respect to these other litigation matters and claims cannot be determined at this time, we believe that damages, if any, and other amounts relating to pending matters are not likely to be material to our consolidated financial position or results of operations, except as described above. Reserves are established for these various matters of litigation, when appropriate under SFAS 5, based in part upon the advice of legal counsel.

 
Note 14 — Financial Instruments With Off-Balance Sheet Risk

      In the normal course of our business as a provider of financial services, we are party to certain financial instruments with off-balance sheet risk to meet the financial needs of our customers. These financial instruments include loan commitments and standby letters of credit. Those instruments involve, to varying degrees, elements of credit and interest rate risk in excess of the amounts recognized on the consolidated balance sheet. We follow the same credit policies in making commitments and contractual obligations as we do for our on-balance sheet instruments.

      Our exposure to credit loss, in the form of nonperformance by the counterparty on commitments to extend credit and standby letters of credit, is represented by the contractual amount of those instruments. Collateral pledged for standby letters of credit and commitments varies but may include accounts receivable; inventory; property, plant, and equipment; and residential real estate. Total outstanding commitments to extend credit at December 31, 2004 and 2003 were $719.7 million and $546.5 million, respectively. These loan commitments include $661.1 million of floating rate loan commitments and $58.6 million of fixed rate loan commitments. We had approximately $24.6 million and $30.8 million in irrevocable standby letters of credit outstanding at December 31, 2004 and 2003, respectively.

 
Note 15 — Derivative Financial Instruments

      Financial derivatives are used as part of the overall asset/liability risk management process. We use certain derivative instruments that do not qualify for hedge accounting treatment under SFAS 133. These derivatives are classified as “Other assets” and “Other liabilities” and marked to market on the income statement. While we do not seek GAAP hedge accounting treatment for the assets that these instruments are hedging, the economic purpose of these instruments is to manage the risk inherent in existing exposures to either interest rate risk or foreign currency risk.

102


Table of Contents

      In March 2003, we entered into an interest rate swap that has a notional amount (which does not represent the amount at risk) of $25 million as of December 31, 2004. Under the terms of the swap agreement, we receive a fixed rate of interest and pay a floating rate of interest based upon one-month LIBOR. We recognized a loss of $0.2 million included in “derivative gains (losses)” during the year ended December 31, 2004 related to this swap. By receiving a fixed rate of interest and paying a floating rate on the swap, we are “converting” the economics of a $25 million fixed rate funding source into a floating rate funding source. Additionally we entered into an interest rate swap that met the criteria for the application of SFAS 133 hedge treatment accounting. This swap has a notional amount (which does not represent the amount of risk) of $10 million to hedge a fixed rate certificate of deposit. Under the terms of the swap agreement, we receive a fixed rate of interest and pay a floating rate of interest based upon three-month LIBOR.

      We enter into forward contracts to protect against interest rate fluctuations from the date of mortgage loan commitment until the loans are sold. A portion of the transactions hedging the closed mortgage loans qualifies for hedge accounting treatment under SFAS 133. The notional amount of our forward contracts (which does not represent the amount at risk) totaled $1.0 billion at December 31, 2004. The closed mortgage loans hedged by forward contracts qualify for hedge accounting treatment under SFAS 133. The basis of the hedged closed loans is adjusted for change in value associated with the risk being hedged. We value closed loan contracts at period end based upon the current secondary market value of securities with similar characteristics. The unrealized loss on our forward contracts at December 31, 2004 was $0.5 million and the hedge ineffectiveness in 2004 was a loss of $2.7 million. The effect of these hedging activities was recorded through earnings as a component of “Gain from sale of loans.”

      We enter into commitments to originate mortgage loans whereby the interest rate on the loan is determined prior to funding (rate lock commitments). Rate lock commitments on loans intended to be sold are considered to be derivatives. We record changes in the fair value of these commitments based upon the current secondary market value of securities with similar characteristics. For 2004, a net decrease in fair value of these derivatives totaling $6.5 million was recorded in “Gain from sale of loans.” At December 31, 2004, we had a notional amount of rate lock commitments outstanding totaling $0.9 billion with a fair value of $1.5 million. Notional amounts do not represent the amount of risk.

      Our commercial finance line of business delivered fixed rate leases into conduits that fund them with floating rate commercial paper, which creates an interest rate risk mismatch.

  •  In two instances, this funding mismatch is lessened by a combination of amortizing interest rate caps and Eurodollar futures contracts. The interest rate caps have a strike price of 5% and provide protection against a large increase in short-term interest rates. As of December 31, 2004, the notional value and 2004 loss on the interest rate caps were $26 million and $43 thousand, respectively. As of December 31, 2004, the total notional amount and year-to-date gain on the Eurodollar futures were $95 million and $40 thousand, respectively.
 
  •  Beginning in the fourth quarter of 2003, on several occasions we have delivered fixed rate leases into a second commercial paper conduit. Although the leases and funding were in Canadian dollars (CAD), the interest rate mismatch is similar in nature to that described above. To lessen the repricing mismatch between fixed rate CAD-denominated leases and floating rate CAD commercial paper, a series of four amortizing CAD interest rate swaps have been executed, although Irwin is only a counterparty on three of the swaps. The fourth swap is between the commercial paper conduit and an outside party, but affects the conduit funding cost that is charged to Irwin. For the first and second of the three swaps on Irwin’s books, we pay a fixed rate of interest and receive a floating rate. For the third swap, we pay a floating rate of interest and receive a fixed rate. The U.S. dollar-equivalents of the CAD-based notional and year-to-date losses on these swaps at December 31, 2004 were $176.4 million and $0.6 million, respectively.

      Certain of our home equity fixed rate residual interests are funded with floating rate liabilities. Starting in the first quarter of 2004, we began entering into Eurodollar futures contracts to manage such mismatches. The original positions taken are typically rebalanced quarterly. The current notional value outstanding is $495 million (which does not represent the amount at risk) with expiration dates ranging from March 2005

103


Table of Contents

through September 2006. As of December 31, 2004, the fair value and year-to-date gain recorded on these contracts were $0.5 million and $0.9 million, respectively.

      In connection with certain of our whole loan servicing retained second mortgage sales we have the opportunity to earn an additional incentive servicing fee (ISF) in the future. The whole loan sales have been to firms, (the buyers) who securitize the loans and contract with us to service the loans. We recognize a mortgage servicing asset or liability for these contracts. As a part of the buyers’ securitizations, the buyers issue an Incentive Servicing Agreement to us as Master Servicer. Once a pre-established return for the certificate holders has been met, the ISF provides potential cash payments to us in the event certain structure-specific loan credit and servicing performance metrics are met. We have characterized these contracts as derivative instruments. Included in “Derivative gains or losses” for the year ended December 31, 2004 was a $4.5 million gain related to these incentive servicing fees based upon actual and projected performance of the underlying pools of loans. Of the $4.5 million recognized during the year, $1.0 million was the result of cash collections and $3.5 million represented the projected value of future cash payments, present valued using a discount rate of 30%. In total, we have sold $0.7 billion in loans for which we hold such derivative contracts. Our accounting policy is to recognize a derivative asset on a mark-to-market basis at such time that the credit and prepayment performance models we use for valuing like pools of loans indicate that we are more likely than not to receive cash payments on the derivatives. We use assumptions to value the ISFs that we believe market participants would use to value similar assets. As of December 31, 2004, only two of six whole loan sales representing $101.6 million of underlying loans have met this expected performance trigger.

      We manage the interest rate risk associated with our mortgage servicing rights at our mortgage banking and commercial banking lines of business through the use of swaptions and Eurodollar futures contracts. Both the options and futures contracts were marked-to-market and included in “Other assets” with changes in value recorded in the consolidated income statements as “Derivative gains or losses.” At December 31, 2004, we held open swaption positions with a notional value (which does not represent the amount at risk) totaling $9.7 billion, with a final maturity ranging from January 2005 to March 2005. In 2004 we recorded gains on swaptions, including premiums paid, totaling $23.5 million. We held no Eurodollar futures contracts at December 31, 2004, but we recorded losses of $4.4 million on contracts held during the year. The size and mix of these positions change during the year, so period-end positions may not be indicative of our net risk exposure throughout the year.

      We are subject to basis risk in the management of our servicing portfolio. Currently, the basis risk is moving in a manner opposite to historic patterns, negatively affecting management of these assets. As discussed in more detail in the section of this report on “Interest Rate Risk,” we have approximately $1.6 million of mortgage servicing rights at risk to each one basis point change in interest rates. We typically counter-act this risk with the use of derivatives with a similar basis point value. Over time, this hedge has performed well in mitigating loss in value when interest rates have declined and has been structured in such a manner so that we can recapture some of the increase in value of servicing rights as rates rise, without losing an equal amount on our derivatives. Over the past six months, however, basis risk in our servicing asset and derivative position has caused our hedging position to be less effective than it has been historically as recent declines in mortgage rates has not been matched with equal declines in swap rates.

      Finally, while basis risk exhibits stability over longer periods of time, over shorter periods there can be separation in the relative spreads of interest rates and indices used to value mortgage servicing rights and the financial derivatives we use to hedge the change in value in mortgage servicing rights. At times this basis risk benefits us and at other times it does not. It is generally not possible to eliminate this basis risk. It is possible, therefore, that our balanced revenue strategy may be successful as measured over several quarters or years, but may have market-based variances if measured over short periods such as quarters.

      We own foreign currency forward contracts to protect the U.S. dollar value of intercompany loans made to Onset Capital Corporation that are denominated in Canadian dollars. We had a notional amount of $48 million in forward contracts outstanding as of December 31, 2004. In 2004, we recognized losses on these contracts of $3.2 million. These contracts are marked-to-market with gains and losses included in “Derivative

104


Table of Contents

gains or losses” on the consolidated income statements. The foreign currency transaction gain on the intercompany loans was $2.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2004.
 
Note 16 — Guarantees

      Upon the occurrence of certain events under financial guarantees, we have performance obligations provided in certain contractual arrangements. These various agreements are summarized below.

      We sell loans and commercial loan participation interests to: (i) private investors; (ii) agency investors including, but not limited to, Federal National Mortgage Association (FNMA), Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (FHLMC), and Government National Mortgage Association (GNMA); and (iii) other financial institutions. Each loan sale is subject to certain terms and conditions, which generally require us to indemnify and hold the investor harmless against any loss arising from errors and omissions in the origination, processing and/or underwriting of the loans. We are subject to this risk for loans that we originate as well as loans we acquire from brokers and correspondents. At December 31, 2004 and 2003, we had approximately $15.3 million and $21.6 million, respectively, recorded as an estimate for losses that may occur as a result of the guarantees described above based on trends in repurchase and indemnification requests, actual loss experience, known and inherent risks in the loans, and current economic conditions. The length of the indemnification period, which varies by investor and the nature of the potential defect may extend to the life of the loan. Sold loans for which these guarantees apply totaled approximately $11.7 billion in 2004 and $22.9 billion in 2003.

      We also sell home equity loans to private investors. We have agreed to repurchase loans that do not perform at agreed-upon levels. The repurchase period generally ranges from 60-120 days after the settlement date. In addition, a repurchase obligation may be triggered if a loan does not meet specified representations related to credit information, loan documentation and collateral. At December 31, 2004 and 2003, respectively, we had approximately $1.7 million and $0.8 million recorded as an estimate for losses that may occur as a result of the guarantees described above based on trends in repurchase and indemnification requests, actual loss experience, known and inherent risks in the loans, and current economic conditions. Total home equity loans sold for which these guarantees apply were $1.0 billion in 2004 and $0.7 billion in 2003.

      In the normal course of our servicing duties, we are often required to advance payments to investors, taxing authorities and insurance companies that are due and have not been received from borrowers as of specified cut-off dates. These servicing advances totaled $46.1 million at December 31, 2004 and $49.3 million at December 31, 2003 and are reflected as accounts receivable in the consolidated balance sheets. Servicing advances, including contractual interest, are considered a priority cash flow in the event of foreclosure or liquidation, thus making their collection more likely. At December 31, 2004 and 2003, we had $2.9 million and $2.1 million recorded as an estimate for possible losses on these advances in other liabilities.

      We also service loans on behalf of private and agency investors and occasionally sell the servicing rights on these loans to third-party servicers. The typical servicing contract requires us to indemnify and hold the investor harmless against any loss arising from our failure to abide by the servicing guidelines adopted by the investor or from our breach of any representation or warranty made in connection with the sale. Some of the more common servicing sale representations and warranties include: (i) each loan is in full compliance with investor requirements; insurer requirements; and federal, state, and local laws and regulations; (ii) seller and all prior servicers have serviced and maintained the loans in accordance with investor requirements; and (iii) each custodial file and all documents related thereto is true, correct and complete in all material respects. The loss estimate recorded for these guarantees at December 31, 2004 and 2003, was $1.3 million and $0.9 million.

      We provide guarantees to third parties on behalf of one of our subsidiaries related to operating lease payments with maturity dates extending through 2007. The maximum potential future payments guaranteed by us under these arrangements is $14.8 million and $21.4 million at December 31, 2004 and 2003, respectively.

105


Table of Contents

      We provide an operating performance guarantee to a third party on behalf of one of our subsidiaries related to borrowings to fund Canadian leases. At December 31, 2004 and 2003, our subsidiary had borrowings totaling $95.3 million and $78 million for which our guarantee applied. Irwin Union Bank and Trust provides a credit guarantee to a third party on behalf of one of our subsidiaries related to borrowings to fund Canadian leases. At December 31, 2004, our subsidiary had borrowings totaling $48.8 million for which this guarantee applied.

      We provided merchant processing services for certain of our commercial customers. These services entail accepting merchant deposits of credit card transactions. Under credit card chargeback rules we are contingently liable for any billing disputes between the card company and its customer. As these disputes arise, the card company charged us and credited its customer. We would then pass the “chargeback” on to the depositing merchant. If for any reason the merchant was unwilling or unable to reimburse us for its payment to the credit card company, we bore the loss. During 2004 and 2003, respectively, we accepted approximately $15.8 million and $60.2 million in merchant deposits and received an estimated $0.01 million and $0.1 million in chargebacks. We incurred no losses on these chargebacks. This portfolio was closed August 2004 and we no longer provide these services.

 
Note 17 — Regulatory Matters

      Irwin Financial Corporation and its bank subsidiaries, Irwin Union Bank and Trust Company and Irwin Union Bank, F.S.B., are subject to various regulatory capital requirements administered by the federal and state banking agencies. Under capital adequacy guidelines, Irwin Financial, Irwin Union Bank and Trust, and Irwin Union Bank, F.S.B. must meet specific capital guidelines that involve quantitative measures of their assets, liabilities, and certain off-balance sheet items as calculated under regulatory accounting practices. Capital amounts and classification are also subject to qualitative judgments by the regulators about components, risk weightings, and other factors.

      Quantitative measures established by regulation to ensure capital adequacy require minimum amounts and ratios (set forth in the following table) of total and Tier I capital (as defined in the regulations) to risk-weighted assets (as defined), and Tier I capital to average assets (as defined). We believe, as of December 31, 2004, that we have met all capital adequacy requirements to which we are subject. In addition, our Board of Directors has established minimum total capital standards for Irwin Financial and Irwin Union Bank and Trust of 11% and 12%, respectively.

      For an explanation of capital requirements and categories applicable to financial institutions, see the discussion in this Report under the subsection “Other Safety and Soundness Regulations” in Part I, Item 1, “Business,” “Supervision and Regulation.”

      The following table presents actual capital amounts and ratios for Irwin Financial, Irwin Union Bank and Trust, and Irwin Union Bank, F.S.B. as compared to amounts and ratios under the regulatory framework:

                                                   
Adequately Well
Actual Capitalized Capitalized



Amount Ratio Amount Ratio Amount Ratio






(Dollars in thousands)
As of December 31, 2004
                                               
Total Capital (to Risk-Weighted Assets):
                                               
 
Irwin Financial Corporation
  $ 782,945       15.9 %   $ 394,455       8.0 %   $ 493,068       10.0 %
 
Irwin Union Bank and Trust
    645,817       14.6       353,636       8.0       442,045       10.0  
 
Irwin Union Bank, F.S.B. 
    40,880       14.3       22,922       8.0       28,652       10.0  
Tier I Capital (to Risk-Weighted Assets):
                                               
 
Irwin Financial Corporation
    641,079       13.0       197,227       4.0       295,841       6.0  
 
Irwin Union Bank and Trust
    572,844       13.0       176,818       4.0       265,227       6.0  
 
Irwin Union Bank, F.S.B. 
    39,636       13.8       N/A               17,191       6.0  

106


Table of Contents

                                                   
Adequately Well
Actual Capitalized Capitalized



Amount Ratio Amount Ratio Amount Ratio






(Dollars in thousands)
Tier I Capital (to Average Assets):
                                               
 
Irwin Financial Corporation
    641,079       11.6       222,094       4.0       277,618       5.0  
 
Irwin Union Bank and Trust
    572,844       11.3       202,986       4.0       253,732       5.0  
Core Capital (to Adjusted Tangible Assets)
                                               
 
Irwin Union Bank, F.S.B. 
    39,636       10.6       14,984       4.0       18,730       5.0  
Tangible Capital (to Tangible Assets)
                                               
 
Irwin Union Bank, F.S.B. 
    39,636       10.6       5,619       1.5       N/A          
As of December 31, 2003
                                               
Total Capital (to Risk-Weighted Assets):
                                               
 
Irwin Financial Corporation
  $ 740,531       15.1 %   $ 391,304       8.0 %   $ 489,130       10.0 %
 
Irwin Union Bank and Trust
    605,475       14.0       345,512       8.0       431,890       10.0  
 
Irwin Union Bank, F.S.B. 
    41,459       19.1       17,333       8.0       21,666       10.0  
Tier I Capital (to Risk-Weighted Assets):
                                               
 
Irwin Financial Corporation
    556,793       11.4       195,652       4.0       293,478       6.0  
 
Irwin Union Bank and Trust
    520,996       12.1       172,756       4.0       259,134       6.0  
 
Irwin Union Bank, F.S.B. 
    40,432       18.7       N/A               13,000       6.0  
Tier I Capital (to Average Assets):
                                               
 
Irwin Financial Corporation
    556,793       11.2       199,620       4.0       249,524       5.0  
 
Irwin Union Bank and Trust
    520,996       11.2       186,481       4.0       233,101       5.0  
Core Capital (to Adjusted Tangible Assets)
                                               
 
Irwin Union Bank, F.S.B. 
    40,432       8.7       18,565       4.0       23,206       5.0  
Tangible Capital (to Tangible Assets)
                                               
 
Irwin Union Bank, F.S.B. 
    40,432       8.7       6,962       1.5       N/A          
 
Note 18 — Fair Values of Financial Instruments

      Fair value estimates, methods and assumptions are set forth below for our financial instruments:

      Cash and cash equivalents: The carrying amounts reported in the consolidated balance sheets for cash and cash equivalents approximate fair values.

      Interest-bearing deposits with financial institutions, Deposit liabilities, Short-term borrowings, and Long-term and collateralized debt: The fair values were estimated by discounting cash flows, using interest rates currently being offered for like assets and like liabilities with similar terms.

      Loans and leases and loans held for sale: The fair values were estimated by discounting cash flows, using interest rates currently being offered for like assets with similar terms, to borrowers with similar credit quality, and for the same remaining maturities.

      Residual interests: The carrying amounts reported in the consolidated balance sheets for residual interests approximate those assets’ fair values. Fair value for residual interests is calculated using the methodologies specified in Note 1.

      Servicing assets: Fair value for servicing assets is calculated using the methodologies specified in Note 1.

      Investment securities: Fair values for investment securities were based on quoted market prices when available. For securities which had no quoted market prices, fair values were estimated by discounting future

107


Table of Contents

cash flows using current rates on similar securities. For FHLB and FRB stock, fair value is determined to be equal to cost as there is no readily determinable market value available for these securities.

      Derivative instruments: The carrying amounts reported in the consolidated balance sheets for derivative instruments approximate those assets’ fair values. The estimated fair values of derivative instruments are determined using methodologies discussed in Note 15.

      Off-balance sheet loan commitments and standby letters of credit had an immaterial estimated fair value at December 31, 2004 and 2003. As of December 31, 2004 and 2003, our loan commitments had a notional amount of $719.7 million and $546.5 million, respectively. Our standby letters of credit had a notional amount of $24.6 million and $30.8 million at December 31, 2004 and 2003, respectively.

      The estimated fair values of our financial instruments at December 31, were as follows:

                                 
2004 2003


Carrying Estimated Fair Carrying Estimated Fair
Amount Value Amount Value




(Dollars in thousands)
Financial assets:
                               
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 97,101     $ 97,101     $ 140,810     $ 140,810  
Interest-bearing deposits with financial institutions
    58,936       58,755       81,166       81,365  
Residual interests
    56,101       56,101       71,491       71,491  
Investment securities
    108,222       108,232       92,525       92,540  
Loans held for sale
    890,711       895,840       883,895       884,803  
Loans and leases, net of unearned discount
    3,450,440       3,480,603       3,161,054       3,224,674  
Servicing asset
    367,032       371,887       380,123       393,540  
Derivatives
    6,400       6,400       12,809       12,809  
Financial liabilities:
                               
Deposits
    3,395,263       3,337,705       2,899,662       2,880,075  
Short-term borrowings
    237,277       237,312       429,758       429,759  
Collateralized debt
    547,477       529,383       590,131       581,862  
Other long-term debt
    270,172       280,674       270,184       279,704  
Derivatives
    996       996       29,851       29,851  

      The fair value estimates consider relevant market information when available. Because no market exists for a significant portion of our financial instruments, fair value estimates are determined based on present value of estimated cash flows and consider various factors, including current economic conditions and risk characteristics of certain financial instruments. Changes in factors, or the weight assumed for the various factors, could significantly affect the estimated values.

      The fair value estimates are presented for existing on- and off-balance sheet financial instruments without attempting to estimate the value of our long-term relationships with depositors and the benefit that results from the low cost funding provided by deposit liabilities. In addition, significant assets that were not considered financial instruments and were therefore not a part of the fair value estimates include accounts receivable and premises and equipment.

Note 19 — Shareholders’ Equity

      We have a stock plan that provides up to 300,000 shares of our common stock to be used to compensate Business Development Board members. During 2004 and 2003, 8,078 shares and 11,289 shares were issued at a weighted average price of $27.19 and $20.27, respectively, as part of this plan.

      We also have a stock plan to compensate our Directors with our common stock, if so elected, in lieu of cash for their annual retainer and meeting fees. The number of shares issued under the plan is based on the

108


Table of Contents

current market value of our common stock. In 2004 and 2003, respectively, we granted 8,784 and 23,776 shares under this plan at a weighted average fair value of $28.86 and $17.14. In addition, we have an employee stock purchase plan for all qualified employees. The plan provides for employees to purchase common stock through payroll deduction at approximately 85% of the current market value.

      We have two stock option plans (established in 1997 and 1992) that provide for the issuance of 2,840,000 shares of non-qualified and incentive stock options. In addition, the 2001 stock plan provides for the issuance of 4,000,000 of non-qualified and incentive stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, and phantom stock units. An additional 2,000,000 of stock appreciation rights may be granted under this plan. For all plans, the exercise price of each option, which has a ten-year life and a vesting period of four years beginning the year granted, is equal to the market price of our stock on the grant date. Vested outstanding stock options have been considered as common stock equivalents in the computation of diluted earnings per share. In 2004 and 2003, we awarded 12,901 shares and 8,796 shares of common stock in restricted stock grants at a weighted average fair value of $26.35 and $25.51 through this plan, respectively.

      Activity in the above plans for 2004, 2003, and 2002 is summarized as follows:

                                                   
2004 2003 2002



Weighted Weighted Weighted
Number of average Number of average Number of average
shares exercise price shares exercise price shares exercise price






Outstanding at the beginning of the year
    2,170,791     $ 19.28       2,083,156     $ 17.22       1,673,908     $ 17.02  
 
Granted
    374,501       24.44       574,421       22.36       532,180       16.10  
 
Exercised
    (249,175 )     19.15       (420,118 )     13.30       (100,701 )     7.19  
 
Canceled
    (67,711 )     21.75       (66,668 )     19.18       (22,231 )     20.91  
     
             
             
         
Outstanding at the end of the year
    2,228,406       20.08       2,170,791       19.28       2,083,156       17.22  
     
             
             
         
Exercisable at the end of the year
    1,609,867     $ 19.27       1,428,465     $ 18.70       1,410,766     $ 16.89  
     
             
             
         

      The table below shows options outstanding and exercisable by price range as of December 31, 2004.

                                         
OPTIONS OUTSTANDING OPTIONS EXERCISABLE


Weighted
Number Average Weighted Number Weighted
Outstanding as of Remaining Average Exercisable as of Average
Range of Exercise Prices December 31, 2004 Contractual Life Exercise Price December 31, 2004 Exercise Price






$ 7.84 - $15.31
    260,466       1.56     $ 11.11       260,466     $ 11.11  
$15.31 - $18.69
    576,363       6.51       16.27       476,363       16.34  
$18.69 - $21.38
    269,785       6.63       21.01       244,858       21.15  
$21.38 - $23.43
    500,011       8.14       22.54       276,461       22.61  
$23.43 - $31.44
    621,781       7.25       25.00       351,719       25.35  
     
                     
         
$ 7.84 - $31.44
    2,228,406       6.52     $ 20.08       1,609,867     $ 19.27  
     
                     
         

109


Table of Contents

Note 20 — Earnings Per Share

      Earnings per share calculations are summarized as follow:

                                           
Basic Effect of Effect of Effect of Diluted
Earnings Stock Preferred Convertible Earnings
Per Share Options Shares Shares Per Share





(Dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)
Year ended December 31,
                                       
2004
                                       
 
Net income available to common shareholders
  $ 69,904     $     $     $ 2,712     $ 72,616  
 
Shares
    28,274       397             2,607       31,278  
     
     
     
     
     
 
 
Per-share amount
  $ 2.47     $ (0.03 )   $     $ (0.12 )   $ 2.32  
     
     
     
     
     
 
2003
                                       
 
Net income available to common shareholders
  $ 72,817     $     $     $ 2,715     $ 75,532  
 
Shares
    27,915       325             2,610       30,850  
     
     
     
     
     
 
 
Per-share amount
  $ 2.61     $ (0.03 )   $     $ (0.13 )   $ 2.45  
     
     
     
     
     
 
2002
                                       
 
Net income available to common shareholders
  $ 52,833     $     $     $ 2,801     $ 55,634  
 
Shares
    26,829       164       72       2,610       29,675  
     
     
     
     
     
 
 
Per-share amount
    1.97       (0.01 )     (0.01 )     (0.08 )     1.87  
     
     
     
     
     
 
 
Cumulative effect of change in accounting principle
    495                               495  
     
                             
 
 
Per-share amount
    0.02                               0.02  
     
                             
 
 
Net income
    53,328                               56,129  
     
                             
 
 
Per-share amount
  $ 1.99                             $ 1.89  
     
                             
 

      In 2004, 2003 and 2002, 93,994, 398,544 and 758,030 shares, respectively, related to stock options that were not included in the dilutive earnings per share calculation because they were antidilutive.

 
Note 21 — Income Taxes

      In the U.S., the Corporation and our subsidiaries file and pay federal taxes as a consolidated entity. One of our subsidiaries, Onset Capital Corporation (and related entities), files and pays taxes to certain Canadian

110


Table of Contents

revenue authorities. Our provision for tax expense is based on analysis of our current and future tax liabilities. Income tax expense is summarized as follows:
                           
2004 2003 2002



(Dollars in thousands)
Current:
                       
 
Federal
  $ 24,184     $ (254 )   $ 71,309  
 
State
    6,378       384       17,260  
 
Foreign
    3,639       2,196        
     
     
     
 
      34,201       2,326       88,569  
     
     
     
 
Deferred:
                       
 
Federal
    11,263       36,627       (44,551 )
 
State
    2,685       8,732       (10,620 )
 
Foreign
    (355 )     (2,100 )      
     
     
     
 
      13,593       43,259       (55,171 )
     
     
     
 
Income tax expense:
                       
 
Federal
    35,447       36,373       26,758  
 
State
    9,063       9,116       6,640  
 
Foreign
    3,284       96        
     
     
     
 
    $ 47,794     $ 45,585     $ 33,398  
     
     
     
 

      A reconciliation of income tax expense to the amount computed by applying the statutory income tax rate of 35% to income before income taxes is summarized as follows:

                           
2004 2003 2002



(Dollars in thousands)
Income taxes computed at the statutory rate
  $ 41,194     $ 41,441     $ 30,181  
Increase (decrease) resulting from:
                       
 
Nontaxable interest from investment securities and loans
    (107 )     (115 )     (127 )
 
State tax, net of federal benefit
    5,891       5,926       4,316  
 
Taxes related to foreign operations
    1,860       (1,112 )      
 
Other items, net
    (1,044 )     (555 )     (972 )
     
     
     
 
    $ 47,794     $ 45,585     $ 33,398  
     
     
     
 

111


Table of Contents

      Our net deferred tax assets and liabilities consisted of the following:

                   
December 31,

2004 2003


(Dollars in thousands)
Deferred tax assets:
               
 
Deferred securitization income
  $     $ 5,406  
 
Allowance for loan and lease losses
    24,247       34,348  
 
Deferred origination fees and costs
          1,326  
 
Deferred compensation
    8,929       5,542  
 
Mark to market
    4,746       4,921  
 
Net operating loss carryforward
    227       4,907  
 
Other, net
    3,759       3,699  
     
     
 
      41,908       60,149  
     
     
 
Deferred tax liabilities:
               
 
Mortgage servicing
    (134,414 )     (142,485 )
 
Deferred securitization income
    (1,433 )      
 
Deferred origination fees and costs
    (1,525 )      
 
Retirement benefits
          (284 )
 
Fixed assets
    (4,556 )     (3,807 )
     
     
 
      (141,928 )     (146,576 )
     
     
 
 
Net deferred tax liability
  $ (100,020 )   $ (86,427 )
     
     
 

Note 22 — Employee Retirement Plans

      We have contributory retirement and savings plans that cover all eligible employees and meets requirements of Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code. Employees’ contributions to the plan are matched 60% by us up to 5% of the employee’s compensation.

      The matching vests 20% after one year, 40% after two years, 60% after three years, 80% after four years, and 100% after 5 years. The expense to match employee contributions for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002 was $3.6 million, $2.7 million and $2.0 million, respectively.

      We have a defined benefit plan currently covering eligible employees of our commercial banking segment and the parent company. The benefits are based on years of service and the employees’ compensation during their employment. Contributions are intended to provide not only for benefits attributed to service to date but also for those expected to be earned in the future. We use December 31 as the measurement date for our plan.

112


Table of Contents

      The following table sets forth amounts recognized in our balance sheet:

                   
December 31,

2004 2003


(Dollars in thousands)
Change in benefit obligation:
               
Benefit obligation at January 1,
  $ 24,321     $ 19,317  
Service cost
    2,127       1,395  
Interest cost
    1,488       1,295  
Actuarial loss
    2,040       2,861  
Benefits paid
    (628 )     (547 )
     
     
 
Benefit obligation at December 31,
    29,348       24,321  
     
     
 
Change in plan assets:
               
Fair value plan assets at January 1,
    20,552       15,963  
Actual return on plan assets
    2,383       4,236  
Benefits paid
    (628 )     (547 )
Employer contributions
    2,100       900  
     
     
 
 
Fair value plan assets at December 31,
    24,407       20,552  
     
     
 
Funded status
    (4,941 )     (3,769 )
Unrecognized prior service cost
    310       347  
Unrecognized net actuarial loss
    9,459       8,834  
     
     
 
 
Net amount recognized as prepaid pension cost
  $ 4,828     $ 5,412  
     
     
 

      The accumulated benefit obligation for our plan was $23.8 million and $19.7 million at December 31, 2004 and 2003, respectively.

      The net pension cost for 2004, 2003 and 2002 included the following components:

                           
2004 2003 2002



(Dollars in thousands)
Service cost
  $ 2,127     $ 1,395     $ 1,122  
Interest cost
    1,488       1,295       1,149  
Expected return on plan assets
    (1,605 )     (1,252 )     (1,112 )
Amortization of prior service cost
    37       37       52  
Amortization of actuarial loss
    638       684       396  
     
     
     
 
 
Net pension cost
  $ 2,685     $ 2,159     $ 1,607  
     
     
     
 

      Weighted average assumptions:

                   
2004 2003


To determine benefit obligations at December 31,
               
 
Discount rate
    5.75 %     6.00 %
 
Rate of average compensation increase
    3.83       3.83  
To determine net periodic cost for the years ended December 31,
               
 
Discount rate
    6.00 %     6.75 %
 
Return on plan assets
    8.00       8.00  
 
Rate of average compensation increase
    3.83       3.83  

      To develop the expected long-term rate of return on plan assets assumption, we considered the historical returns and the future expectations for returns for each asset class, as well as the target asset allocation of the

113


Table of Contents

pension portfolio. This resulted in the selection of the 8.00% long-term rate of return on assets assumption listed above.

Plan Assets

      Our pension plan asset allocation at December 31, 2004, and 2003, and target allocation for 2005, by asset category are as follows:

                           
Percentage of
Plan Assets

Target
Asset Category 2004 2003 2005




Equity securities
                       
 
Domestic
    51 %     55 %     50-65 %
 
International
    23       23       15-25 %
Corporate bonds
    17       16       15-25 %
Cash equivalents
    9       6       0-10 %
     
     
         
      100 %     100 %        
     
     
         

      Each mutual fund in which the portfolio invests will be reviewed on a quarterly basis and rebalanced back to the normal weighting if the actual weighting varies by 2% or more from the targeted weighting. The allocation of assets in the portfolio may deviate from target allocation when market conditions warrant. Such deviations are designed primarily to reduce overall investment risk in the long term. In addition, allocations may deviate from target shortly after cash contributions are made to the plan, but prior to the rebalancing of these portfolios.

      The portfolio will be managed in a style-neutral manner that seeks to minimize principal fluctuations over the established time horizon and that is consistent with the portfolio’s stated objectives. Over the long-term, the investment objectives for this portfolio shall be to achieve an average total annual rate of return that consists of the Consumer Price Index (CPI) plus 6% for the aggregate investments. Returns may vary significantly from this target year to year.

Cash Flows

      Included in the cash equivalents are contributions we made of $2.1 million and $0.9 million to the plan on December 31, 2004 and 2003, respectively. These cash contributions were invested in early January of the subsequent year based on our target allocations. Since these cash contributions had not yet been reinvested at December 31, 2004, the percentage of plan assets by category above is skewed. We currently do not expect to make a contribution to the pension plan in 2005.

      Estimated future benefit payments (in thousands):

         
2005
  $ 762  
2006
    780  
2007
    823  
2008
    938  
2009
    1,076  
Years 2010-2014
    8,005  

Note 23 — Industry Segment Information

      We have five principal segments that provide a broad range of financial services throughout the United States and Canada. The Mortgage Banking line of business originates, sells, and services residential first mortgage loans. The Commercial Banking line of business provides commercial banking services. The Home Equity Lending line of business originates and services home equity loans. The Commercial Finance line of

114


Table of Contents

business leases and loans against commercial equipment and real estate. The Venture Capital line of business invests in early-stage technology companies focusing on financial services. Our other segment primarily includes the parent company and eliminations.

      The accounting policies of each segment are the same as those described in the “Summary of Significant Accounting Policies.” Below is a summary of each segment’s revenues, net income, and assets for 2004, 2003, and 2002:

                                                           
Mortgage Commercial Home Equity Commercial Venture
Banking Banking Lending Finance Capital Other Consolidated







(Dollars in thousands)
2004
                                                       
Net interest income
  $ 42,120     $ 84,318     $ 110,601     $ 21,286     $ 11     $ (20,453 )   $ 237,883  
Intersegment interest
    (1,017 )     1,992       (15,987 )           (22 )     15,034        
Other revenue
    197,954       17,749       71,368       6,275       (803 )     (5,493 )     287,050  
Intersegment revenues
    17       567                   600       (1,184 )      
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
 
Total net revenues
    239,074       104,626       165,982       27,561       (214 )     (12,096 )     524,933  
Other expense
    200,693       63,656       111,856       18,091       439       12,500       407,235  
Intersegment expenses
    3,512       1,794       2,923       691             (8,920 )      
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
 
Income (loss) before taxes
    34,869       39,176       51,203       8,779       (653 )     (15,676 )     117,698  
Income taxes
    14,603       15,752       21,023       5,562       (256 )     (8,890 )     47,794  
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
 
Net income (loss)
  $ 20,266     $ 23,424     $ 30,180     $ 3,217     $ (397 )   $ (6,786 )   $ 69,904  
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
Assets at December 31,
  $ 1,238,136     $ 2,622,877     $ 996,500     $ 636,604     $ 6,700     $ (261,476 )   $ 5,239,341  
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
2003
                                                       
Net interest income
  $ 80,169     $ 78,785     $ 84,875     $ 12,180     $ (210 )   $ (31,497 )   $ 224,302  
Intersegment interest
    (8,522 )     (5,683 )     (7,905 )     (722 )           22,832        
Other revenue
    326,000       21,071       (19,525 )     5,868       (2,668 )     (24,603 )     306,143  
Intersegment revenues
                            600       (600 )      
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
 
Total net revenues
    397,647       94,173       57,445       17,326       (2,278 )     (33,868 )     530,445  
Other expense
    265,118       55,196       87,771       14,539       548       (11,129 )     412,043  
Intersegment expenses
    2,762       1,503       2,767       533             (7,565 )      
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
 
Income (loss) before taxes
    129,767       37,474       (33,093 )     2,254       (2,826 )     (15,174 )     118,402  
Income taxes
    51,667       14,997       (13,203 )     461       (1,118 )     (7,219 )     45,585  
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
 
Net income (loss)
  $ 78,100     $ 22,477     $ (19,890 )   $ 1,793     $ (1,708 )   $ (7,955 )   $ 72,817  
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
Assets at December 31,
  $ 1,258,641     $ 2,203,965     $ 1,070,634     $ 474,915     $ 7,345     $ (27,141 )   $ 4,988,359  
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 

115


Table of Contents

                                                           
Mortgage Commercial Home Equity Commercial Venture
Banking Banking Lending Finance Capital Other Consolidated







(Dollars in thousands)
2002
                                                       
Net interest income
  $ 41,330     $ 61,348     $ 68,472     $ 6,661     $ 43     $ (8,203 )   $ 169,651  
Intersegment interest
    (139 )     (1,306 )           (2 )           1,447        
Other revenue
    207,177       16,081       11,791       4,397       (4,220 )     (1,089 )     234,137  
Intersegment revenues
                            534       (534 )      
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
 
Total net revenues
    248,368       76,123       80,263       11,056       (3,643 )     (8,379 )     403,788  
Other expense
    173,162       48,699       76,224       12,122       495       6,855       317,557  
Intersegment expenses
    2,115       1,330       2,364                   (5,809 )      
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
 
Income (loss) before taxes
    73,091       26,094       1,675       (1,066 )     (4,138 )     (9,425 )     86,231  
Income taxes
    28,548       10,009       670       (513 )     (1,655 )     (3,661 )     33,398  
 
Net income (loss) before cumulative effect of change in accounting principle
    44,543       16,085       1,005       (553 )     (2,483 )     (5,764 )     52,833  
Cumulative effect of change in accounting principle
                      495                   495  
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
 
Net income (loss)
  $ 44,543     $ 16,085     $ 1,005     $ (58 )   $ (2,483 )   $ (5,764 )   $ 53,328  
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
Assets at December 31,
  $ 1,631,406     $ 1,969,956     $ 939,494     $ 343,384     $ 4,782     $ 21,370     $ 4,910,392  
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 

Note 24 — Irwin Financial Corporation (Parent Only) Financial Information

      The condensed financial statements of the parent company as of December 31, 2004 and 2003, and for the three years ended December 31, 2004 are presented below:

Condensed Balance Sheets

                   
December 31,

2004 2003


(Dollars in thousands)
Assets:
               
 
Cash and short-term investments
  $ 1,111     $ 4,723  
 
Investment in bank subsidiary
    626,281       573,284  
 
Investments in non-bank subsidiaries
    32,279       98,547  
 
Loans to bank subsidiaries
    82,629       56,209  
 
Loans to non-bank subsidiaries
    52,813       33,186  
 
Other assets
    25,976       26,110  
     
     
 
    $ 821,089     $ 792,059  
     
     
 
Liabilities:
               
 
Short-term borrowings(1)
  $ 28,181     $ 89,513  
 
Long-term debt
    270,125       270,125  
 
Other liabilities
    20,139       161  
     
     
 
      318,445       359,799  
     
     
 

116


Table of Contents

                   
December 31,

2004 2003


(Dollars in thousands)
Shareholders’ equity:
               
 
Common stock
    112,000       112,000  
 
Other shareholders’ equity
    390,644       320,260  
     
     
 
      502,644       432,260  
     
     
 
    $ 821,089     $ 792,059  
     
     
 


(1)  Includes $28.2 million and $73.1 million payable to our subsidiaries at December 31, 2004 and 2003, respectively.

Condensed Statements of Income

                           
For the Year Ended December 31,

2004 2003 2002



(Dollars in thousands)
Income:
                       
 
Dividends from non-bank subsidiaries
  $     $ 686     $ 66,411  
 
Dividends from bank subsidiary
    66,000              
 
Interest income
    7,142       4,964       1,876  
 
Other
    10,369       7,721       5,928  
     
     
     
 
      83,511       13,371       74,215  
     
     
     
 
Expenses:
                       
 
Interest expense
    24,101       28,917       24,127  
 
Salaries and benefits
    9,555       6,491       3,872  
 
Other
    6,584       5,056       4,108  
     
     
     
 
      40,240       40,464       32,107  
     
     
     
 
Income before income taxes and equity in undistributed income of subsidiaries
    43,271       (27,093 )     42,108  
Income tax benefit, less amounts charged to subsidiaries
    (12,032 )     (13,081 )     (11,732 )
     
     
     
 
      55,303       (14,012 )     53,840  
Equity in undistributed income of subsidiaries
    14,601       86,829       (512 )
     
     
     
 
Net income
  $ 69,904     $ 72,817     $ 53,328  
     
     
     
 

117


Table of Contents

Condensed Statements of Cash Flows

                               
For the Year Ended December 31,

2004 2003 2002



(Dollars in thousands)
Net income
  $ 69,904     $ 72,817     $ 53,328  
Adjustments to reconcile net income to cash provided by operating activities:
                       
 
Equity in undistributed income of subsidiaries
    (14,601 )     (86,829 )     512  
 
Depreciation and amortization
    727       2,529       732  
 
Increase (decrease) in taxes payable
    18,970       (13,778 )     1,583  
 
Decrease (increase) in interest receivable
    (247 )     1,208       356  
 
(Decrease) increase in interest payable
    (62 )     53       37  
     
Net change in other assets and other liabilities
    2,725       (11,277 )     (12,124 )
     
     
     
 
 
Net cash provided (used) by operating activities
    77,416       (35,277 )     44,424  
     
     
     
 
Lending and investing activities:
                       
 
Net (increase) decrease in loans to subsidiaries
    (46,046 )     22,518       (31,184 )
 
Investments in subsidiaries
    (15,575 )     (10,286 )     (116,133 )
 
Net (purchases) sales of premises and equipment
    (189 )     (121 )     187  
     
     
     
 
     
Net cash provided (used) by lending and investing activities
    (61,810 )     12,111       (147,130 )
     
     
     
 
Financing activities:
                       
 
Net (decrease) increase in borrowings
    (17,680 )     28,252       (9,862 )
 
Proceeds from long-term debt
          51,547       36,960  
 
Payments of long-term debt
          (51,629 )      
 
Proceeds from common stock offering
                82,035  
 
Purchase of treasury stock
    (407 )     (4,201 )     (1,176 )
 
Proceeds from sale of stock for employee benefit plans
    7,836       9,777       2,702  
 
Dividends paid
    (9,065 )     (7,832 )     (7,469 )
     
     
     
 
     
Net cash provided (used) by financing activities
    (19,316 )     25,914       103,190  
     
     
     
 
 
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
    (3,710 )     2,748       484  
 
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash
    98       228       (30 )
 
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year
    4,723       1,747       1,293  
     
     
     
 
 
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year
  $ 1,111     $ 4,723     $ 1,747  
     
     
     
 
Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information:
                       
 
Cash paid during the year:
                       
   
Interest
  $ 24,039     $ 27,709     $ 24,091  
     
     
     
 
   
Income tax payments
  $ 9,954     $ 42,971     $ 48,877  
     
     
     
 
 
Non cash transactions:
                       
   
Conversion of preferred stock to common stock
  $     $     $ 1,386  
     
     
     
 
   
Conversion of trust preferred to common stock
  $     $ 83     $  
     
     
     
 

118


Table of Contents

 
Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

      Not applicable.

 
Item 9A. Controls and Procedures

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

      As of December 31, 2004, we performed an evaluation under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including the Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer, of the effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e)). Based on that evaluation, our management, including the CEO and CFO, concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures were effective as of December 31, 2004, to provide that material information relating to the Corporation would be made known to them by others within the Corporation in a timely manner sufficient for filing or furnishing reports to the SEC.

Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

      Management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting. Internal control over financial reporting is a process designed under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our principal executive officer and principal financial officer, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of the financial statements for external reporting purposes in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

      As of December 31, 2004, management conducted an assessment of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting based on the framework established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. Based on this assessment, management has determined that internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2004 was effective.

      Management’s assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2004 has been audited by PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, the independent registered public accounting firm that audited our financial statements, as attested to in their report which is provided in Item 8 of this Report on Form 10-K.

Item 9B.     Other Information

      Not applicable.

119


Table of Contents

PART III

 
Item 10. Directors and Executive Officers of the Corporation

      The information contained in our proxy statement for the 2005 Annual Meeting of Shareholders under the headings “Election of Directors,” “Compliance with Section 16(a) of the Securities Act of 1934,” and “Director Meetings and Standing Committees — Committees and Current Membership: Audit and Risk Management Committee,” and “Audit and Risk Management Committee Report” is incorporated herein by reference in response to this item. See also the heading “Executive Officers” section in Part I, Item 1, “Business.”

      The following documents are posted on the Investor Relations (Corporate Governance) section of our website at www.irwinfinancial.com:

  •  Our Code of Conduct (our code of business conduct and ethics), which is applicable to our directors, officers, and employees, including our Chief Executive Officer (principal executive officer), our Chief Financial Officer (principal financial officer) and our Controller (principal accounting officer). Our Code of Conduct is attached as Exhibit 14.1 to this Report on Form 10-K. Amendments to or waivers for executive officers or directors from our Code of Conduct will be posted on our website.
 
  •  Our Audit and Risk Management Committee Charter, which is also an attachment to our Proxy Statement.
 
  •  Our Compensation Committee Charter.
 
  •  Our Governance (nominating) Committee Charter.

      The Code of Conduct and the above-mentioned charters, together with our Corporate Governance Principles (corporate governance guidelines), are available in print to any shareholder who makes a request in writing to: Sue Elliott, Finance Department, Irwin Financial Corporation, 500 Washington Street, Columbus, IN 47201.

 
Item 11. Executive Compensation

      The information contained in our proxy statement for the 2005 Annual Meeting of Shareholders under the headings “Election of Directors — Outside Director Compensation,” “Executive Compensation and Other Information,” and “Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation” is incorporated herein by reference in response to this item.

 
Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

      The information contained in our proxy statement for the 2005 Annual Meeting of Shareholders under the headings “Equity Compensation Plan Information,” “Equity Compensation Plans Adopted Without Approval of Security Holders,” “Voting Securities and Principal Holders,” and “Security Ownership of Management” is incorporated herein by reference in response to this item.

 
Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions

      The information contained in our proxy statement for the 2005 Annual Meeting of Shareholders under the heading “Interest of Management in Certain Transactions” is incorporated herein by reference in response to this item.

 
Item 14. Principal Accountants Fees and Services.

      The information contained in our proxy statement for the 2005 Annual Meeting of Shareholders under the heading “Independent Public Accountants” is incorporated herein by reference in response to this item.

120


Table of Contents

PART IV

 
Item 15. Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules

(a) Documents filed as part of this report.

      1. Financial Statements

  Management Report on Responsibility for Financial Reporting
 
  Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
 
  Irwin Financial Corporation and Subsidiaries

  Consolidated Balance Sheets for the years ended 2004 and 2003
 
  Consolidated Statements of Income for the years ended 2004, 2003 and 2002
 
  Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity for the years ended 2004, 2003 and 2002
 
  Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended 2004, 2003 and 2002

  Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

      2. Financial Statement Schedules

           None

      3. Exhibits to Form 10-K

         
Exhibit
Number Description of Exhibit


  3 .1   Restated Articles of Incorporation of Irwin Financial Corporation. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3(a) to Form 10-K Report for year ended December 31, 2000, File No. 000-06835.)
  3 .2   Articles of Amendment to Restated Articles of Incorporation of Irwin Financial Corporation dated March 2, 2001. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3(b) to Form 10-K Report for year ended December 31, 2000, File No. 000-06835.)
  3 .3   Code of By-laws of Irwin Financial Corporation, as amended, dated April 30, 2004. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.3 to Form 10-Q Report for the quarter ended June 30, 2004, File No. 001-16691.)
  4 .1   Specimen Common Stock Certificate. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4(a) to Form 10-K report for year ended December 31, 1994, File No. 000-06835.)
  4 .2   Certain instruments defining the rights of the holders of long-term debt of Irwin Financial Corporation and certain of its subsidiaries, none of which authorize a total amount of indebtedness in excess of 10% of the total assets of the Corporation and its subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, have not been filed as Exhibits. The Corporation hereby agrees to furnish a copy of any of these agreements to the Commission upon request.
  4 .3   Rights Agreement, dated as of March 1, 2001, between Irwin Financial Corporation and Irwin Union Bank and Trust. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to Form 8-A filed March 2, 2001, File No. 000-06835.)
  4 .4   Appointment of Successor Rights Agent dated as of May 11, 2001 between Irwin Financial Corporation and National City Bank. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.5 to Form S-8 filed on September 7, 2001, File No. 333-69156.)
  10 .1   *Irwin Financial Corporation 1992 Stock Option Plan. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(h) to Form 10-K Report for year ended December 31, 1992, File No. 000-06835.)
  10 .2   *Irwin Financial Corporation 1997 Stock Option Plan. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10 to Form 10-Q Report for period ended June 30, 1994, File No. 000-06835.)

121


Table of Contents

         
Exhibit
Number Description of Exhibit


  10 .3   *Amendment to Irwin Financial Corporation 1997 Stock Option Plan. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(i) to Form 10-Q Report for period ended June 30, 1997, File No. 000-06835.)
  10 .4   *Irwin Financial Corporation Amended and Restated 2001 Stock Plan. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 1 to the Corporation’s proxy statement for its 2004 Annual Meeting, filed with the Commission on March 18, 2004, File No. 001-16691.)
  10 .5   *Irwin Financial Corporation 1999 Outside Director Restricted Stock Compensation Plan. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2 to the Corporation’s proxy statement for its 2004 Annual Meeting, filed with the Commission on March 18, 2004, File No. 001-16691.)
  10 .6   *Employee Stock Purchase Plan III. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(a) to Form 10-Q Report for period ended June 30, 1999, File No. 000-06835.)
  10 .7   *Long-Term Management Performance Plan. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(a) to Form 10-K Report for year ended December 31, 1986, File No. 000-06835.)
  10 .8   *Long-Term Incentive Plan-Summary of Terms. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(a) to Form 10-K Report for year ended December 31, 1986, File No. 000-06835.)
  10 .9   *Inland Mortgage Corporation Long-Term Incentive Plan. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(j) to Form 10-K Report for year ended December 31, 1995, File No. 000-06835.)
  10 .10   *Amended and Restated Management Bonus Plan. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(a) to Form 10-K Report for year ended December 31, 1986, File No. 000-06835.)
  10 .11   *Limited Liability Company Agreement of Irwin Ventures LLC. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(a) to Form 10-Q/ A Report for period ended March 31, 2001, File No. 000-06835.)
  10 .12   *Limited Liability Company Agreement of Irwin Ventures Co-Investment Fund LLC, effective as of April 20, 2001. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.17 to Form S-1/ A filed February 14, 2002, File No. 333-69586.)
  10 .13   *Promissory Note dated January 30, 2002 from Elena Delgado to Irwin Financial Corporation. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.19 to Form S-1/ A filed February 14, 2002, File No. 333-69586.)
  10 .14   *Consumer Pledge Agreement dated January 30, 2002 between Elena Delgado and Irwin Financial Corporation. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.20 to Form S-1/ A filed February 14, 2002, File No. 333-69586.)
  10 .15   *Redemption and Loan Repayment Agreement dated December 22, 2004 between Irwin Financial Corporation, Irwin Home Equity Corporation and Elena Delgado.
  10 .16   *Irwin Home Equity Corporation Amendment and Restatement of Shareholder Agreement dated December 22, 2004 between Irwin Home Equity Corporation, Irwin Financial Corporation and Elena Delgado.
  10 .17   *Deferred Compensation Agreement dated December 22, 2004 between Irwin Home Equity Corporation, Irwin Financial Corporation and Elena Delgado.
  10 .18   *Tax Gross-up Agreement dated December 22, 2004 between Irwin Financial Corporation and Elena Delgado as Shareholder.
  10 .19   *Irwin Financial Corporation Amended and Restated Short Term Incentive Plan effective January 1, 2002. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3 to the Corporation’s proxy statement for its 2004 Annual Meeting, filed with the Commission on March 18, 2004, File No. 001-16691.)
  10 .20   *Irwin Commercial Finance Amended and Restated Short Term Incentive Plan (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4 of the Corporation’s proxy statement for its 2004 Annual Meeting, filed with the Commission on March 18, 2004, File No. 001-16691.)
  10 .21   *Irwin Home Equity Amended and Restated Short Term Incentive Plan (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 5 to the Corporation’s proxy statement for its 2004 Annual Meeting, filed with the Commission on March 18, 2004, File No. 001-16691.)

122


Table of Contents

         
Exhibit
Number Description of Exhibit


  10 .22   *Irwin Mortgage Corporation Amended and Restated Short Term Incentive Plan effective January 1, 2002. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 6 of the Corporation’s proxy statement for its 2004 Annual Meeting, filed with the Commission on March 18, 2004, File No. 001-16691.)
  10 .23   *Irwin Union Bank and Trust Company Amended and Restated Short Term Incentive Plan effective January 1, 2002. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 7 to the Corporation’s proxy statement for its 2004 Annual Meeting, filed with the Commission on March 18, 2004, File No. 001-16691.)
  10 .24   *Irwin Capital Holdings Short Term Incentive Plan effective January 1, 2002. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.25 to Form 10-Q Report for period ended March 31, 2002, File No. 000-06835.)
  10 .25   *Onset Capital Corporation Employment Agreement. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.26 to Form 10-Q Report for period ended June 30, 2002, File No. 000-06835.)
  10 .26   *Irwin Financial Corporation Restated Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan for Named Executives. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.27 to Form 10-Q Report for period ended June 30, 2002, File No. 000-06835.)
  10 .27   *Irwin Financial Corporation Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan for Named Executives. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.28 to Form 10-Q Report for period ended June 30, 2002, File No. 000-06835.)
  10 .28   *Onset Capital Corporation Shareholders Agreement (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.29 to Form 10-K Report for period ended December 31, 2003, File No. 000-06835.)
  11 .1   Computation of Earnings Per Share.
  12 .1   Computation of Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges.
  14 .1   Code of Conduct.
  21 .1   Subsidiaries of Irwin Financial Corporation.
  23 .1   Consent of Registered Public Accounting Firm.
  31 .1   Certification pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 by the Chief Executive Officer.
  31 .2   Certification pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 by the Chief Financial Officer.
  32 .1   Certification of the Chief Executive Officer under Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
  32 .2   Certification of the Chief Financial Officer under Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.


Indicates management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement

123


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

      Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Corporation has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the Undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

  IRWIN FINANCIAL CORPORATION

Date: March 9, 2005
  By:  /s/ WILLIAM I. MILLER
 
  William I. Miller
  Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer

     Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report on Form 10-K has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the Corporation and in the capacities on the dates indicated.

             
Signature Capacity with Corporation Date



 
/s/ SALLY A. DEAN

Sally A. Dean
 
Director
    March 9, 2005  
 
/s/ DAVID W. GOODRICH

David W. Goodrich
 
Director
    March 9, 2005  
 
/s/ R. DAVID HOOVER

R. David Hoover
 
Director
    March 9, 2005  
 
/s/ WILLIAM H. KLING

William H. Kling
 
Director
    March 9, 2005  
 
/s/ BRENDA J. LAUDERBACK

Brenda J. Lauderback
 
Director
    March 9, 2005  
 
/s/ JOHN C. MCGINTY, JR

John C. McGinty, Jr
 
Director
    March 9, 2005  
 
/s/ WILLIAM I. MILLER

William I. Miller
 
Director, Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer
(principal executive officer)
    March 9, 2005  
 
/s/ LANCE R. ODDEN

Lance R. Odden
 
Director
    March 9, 2005  
 
/s/ THEODORE M. SOLSO

Theodore M. Solso
 
Director
    March 9, 2005  
 
/s/ GREGORY F. EHLINGER

Gregory F. Ehlinger
 
Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
(principal financial officer)
    March 9, 2005  
 
/s/ JODY A. LITTRELL

Jody A. Littrell
 
Vice President and Controller
(principal accounting officer)
    March 9, 2005  

124